Professor  A.   0.  Leuschner 
1868-1953 


Gift  of 
r.Erida  Leuschner  Reichert 


YALE 


e  ( 


THE  CITY  OF  ELMS 


BY  Wr  E.  DECROW 
<\ 


Cllustratet)    tuttfj    l^tliotupes 

OF   ALL  THE  PRINCIPAL  COLLEGE   BUILDINGS,  A   PLAN  OF  THE   COLLEGE 
GROUNDS,   AND   A    MAP   OF  THE   CITY   OF   NEW    HAVEN 


THIRD   EDITION 


W.  E.   DECROW,  238  WASHINGTON  STREET 
1885 


BY  W.  E.  DECROW 
1885 


.  K  i  fK<Ju 
GIFT 


INTRODUCTION, 


"YALE  and  the  'City  of  Elms,'"  is  intended  chiefly  as  a  guide  to 
the  visitor  to  Yale  College,  yet  containing  sufficient  information  con- 
cerning the  City  of  New  Haven  to  enable  him  to  at  once  seek  out  the 
principal  points  of  interest  in  and  about  the  home  of  the  College,  and 
learn  a  few  of  the  more  important  facts  regarding  the  many  noteworthy 
features  of  the  city. 

The  book  contains,  it  is  hoped,  so  much  of  the  history  of  each 
department  of  the  University  as  is  necessary  to  convey  to  the  reader 
a  fair  idea  of  the  institution  and  its  purposes,  at  the  same  time  not 
exceeding  the  bounds  of  a  hand-book  to  accompany  the  visitor  and 
give  him  a  description  of  the  various  buildings  and  other  objects  of 
interest  in  his  walk  through  the  college  grounds  and  the  city. 

By  referring  to  the  plan  of  the  grounds  and  buildings  published  in 
the  first  part  of  the  work,  the  visitor-will  have  no  difficulty  whatever  in 
finding  the  objects  mentioned,  and  will  notice  that,  in  a  general  way, 
the  buildings  are  described  according  to  location,  so  that,  by  following 
the  order  of  the  book,  all  the  buildings  and  objects  of  interest  may  be 
seen  and  visited  with  the  least  possible  amount  of  travel. 

The  heliotype  illustrations,  which  with  one  or  two  exceptions  were 
made  from  negatives  taken  specially  for  "Yale  and  the  'City  of 

MS88839 


iv  INTR  OD  UC  TION. 

Elms ' "  by  Mr.  James  Notman  of  Boston,  will  perhaps  serve,  among 
other  purposes,  that  of  aiding  the  friends  of  Yale  who  cannot  person- 
ally visit  New  Haven  to  take  a  pleasant  imaginary  stroll  through  the 
grounds  and  buildings  of  the  College  and  the  city. 

The  sources  of  information  in  book  form  from  which  the  facts  con- 
tained in  "Yale  and  the  'City  of  Elms* "have  been  derived  were 
principally  that  grand  work  commonly  known  as  the  "  Yale  Book," 
and  the  mirror  of  student  life  entitled  "  Four  Years  at  Yale."  The 
writer,  who  feels  indebted  to  various  gentlemen  for  valuable  assistance, 
is  under  especially  great  obligations  to  Professor  F.  B.  Dexter  for 
almost  indispensable  aid ;  to  Mr.  Thomas  R.  Trowbridge,  Jr.,  of  the 
New  Haven  Colony  Historical  Society,  for  numerous  facts  concerning 
the  city;  and  to  Professor  A.  W.  Phillips  for  very  important  help. 


INDEX, 


Page. 
Academical  Department,  .         ...         .         .  10 

Admission,  requirements  for,    ...         9,  39,  43,  48,  50,  54,  57 

Alumni  Hall, 24 

Archaeological  collection,          .......         60 

Art  School  Building,        .         . 53 

Art  School  Building,  contents  of,      .         .         .         .         .         .         53 

Art  School,  objects  of,      ........         54 

Athenaeum,      ..........         13 

Athletic  Grounds,  The  Yale, .63 

Bacon,  Rev.  Leonard's  Residence,   ......         94 

Base-Ball, 64 

Benedict  Arnold's  Bridal  Home,       ......        102 

Benedict  Arnold's  House,         .         .         .          .         .         .         .116 

Berzelius  Hall, 41 

Boat-House, 66 

Boating, ...........         66 

British  Invasion,  The,       .         .         .         .         .         .         .         .124 

Campus,          ..........         10 

CarlPs  Opera  House,        .         .         .         .         .         .         .         .121 

Centre  Church,         .........         46 

Chapel  and  State  Streets, 108 

Chapel,  The  Battell, 21 

Chapel,  The  Old, 17 

Churches  in  Southern  New  Haven,  ......       104 

Churches  near  Wooster  Square, 113 

Churches  on  George  Street,      .......       107 

City  Burial  Ground,          .         .         .         .          .         .          .         .127 

City  Hall,  f 96 

City  Market, 115 


vi  INDEX. 

Page. 
Collection  of  P'ossil  Remains,  .......         60 

Commencement  Day,        ........         73 

Commencement  Week,    ........         72 

Conveyances,  ..........         86 

Corporation,  The  Yale,    ........  4 

Cosmopolitan  Character  of  Yale  College, .         ....  7 

Courses  of  study,     .........  4 

Court  House,  ..........         97 

Custom  House,        .........       101 

Delta  Kappa  Epsilon  Hall, 34 

Depots  and  vicinity,          .         .         .         .         .         .         .         .103 

Durfee  Hall, 23 

East  Divinity  Hall, 44 

Eastern  New  Haven,        .         .         .         .         .         .         .       .'.       108 

East  Rock,      .         .         .         .         .         .'••-'.         .         .         .        109 

Evergreen  Cemetery,        .         .         .         .         .         .         .         .105 

Expenses  for  a  student,    ........  8 

Fair  Haven,    .         .         .         .         .         .         .         .         .         .110 

Farnam  Hall, ..........          19 

Fence,  The, 69 

Fine  Arts,  Department  of, 52 

Fire  Department,  The,     .         .         .         .         .         .         .         .127 

Foot-Ball,        .         .         . 65 

Fort  Hale,       .         .         .         .         .         .         .         .         .  1 1 1 

Fort  Wooster,  .         .         .         .         .         .         .         .         .in 

Graduate  Department,  The,      .....         i         .         56 

Graduates,  number  of,      ........  5 

Green,  The  New  Haven, .         .         .         .         .         .         .         .        1 20 

Gymnasium,  The,     .........         34 

Hamilton  Park,        .         .          .         .         .         .         .         .         .         64 

Hillhouse  Avenue,    .         .         .         .         .         .         .         .         .         91 

Hillhouse  High  School,   ........         94 

Hopkins  Grammar  School,       .         .         .         .         .         .         .127 

Hospital,  The  New  Haven, 105 


INDEX.  vii 

Page. 

Hotels, * 86 

Hunt  House,  ..........        103 

'  Jewish  Synagogue,  .........         98 

Judges'  Cave, 124 

Junior  Exhibition,    .........         75 

Junior  Promenade,  .         .         .         .         .         .         .  ,  .         76 

Laboratory,  The  Old, 30 

Laboratory,  The  Sloane, ........         33 

La  Fayette's  visit,    .         .         .         .         .         .         .         .         .102 

Lawrence  Hall,        .........         30 

Law  Department,  The,     ........         48 

Law-School  Building,       ........         49 

Library,  The,  ..........         27 

Light-Houses,  .         .         .         .         .         .         .         .         .        in 

Lyceum, 15 

Manufacturing  District,    .         .         .         .         .         .         .         .no 

Marquand  Chapel,  .         .         .         .         .         .         .         .         .44 

Masonic  Temple,     .         .         .         .         .         .         .         .         .114 

Medical  Department,  The 50 

Medical-School  Building, 51 

Messiah,  Church  of, 95 

Methodist  Church,  The  First, 129 

Mineralogical  Collection,          .......         59 

Morris  House,          .         .         .         .         .         .         .         .         .in 

Museum  Building,   .........         58 

New  Haven,  Brief  History  of, 81 

New  Haven,  Eastern, 108 

New  Haven,  general  appearance  of, 84 

New  Haven,  Northern,  .......         88 

New  Haven  Opera  House,       .         .         .         .         .         .         .114 

New  Haven,  population  of,  .         .         .         .         .         83 

New  Haven,  Southern,    .         .         .         .         .         .         .         .       101 

New  Haven,  Western,     .         .         .         .         .         .         .         .119 

North  Church,          .         .         .         .         .         .         .         .   -  90 


viii  INDEX. 

Page. 
North  College, 18 

North  Middle  College, 16 

North  Sheffield  Hall, 41 

Observatory,    ..........         62 

Old  Chapel, 17 

Oldest  Brick  House  in  New  Haven,  .....        109 

Oldest  House  in  New  Haven,  .         .         .         .         .         .         .       102 

Orphan  Asylum,  The  New  Haven,    .         .         .         .         .         .126 

Pavilion,  The,  .         .         .         .         .         .         .         .         .112 

Peabody  Museum,  The,   ........         58 

Pilgrim,  The  Mayflower, .         .         .         .          .         .         .         .115 

Police  Building, 98 

Policy  of  the  College,  statement  of,  .....  6 

Post-Office, loi 

Presidents,  list  of,    .........  7 

Promenades,  The  Senior  and  Junior,         .....         76 

Prospect  Street,        .........         92 

Psi  Upsildn  Hall, 35 

Reading-Room,  The,        ........         29 

Rector  Pierson's  Statue,  .         .         .         .         .         .         .         .         31 

Redeemer,  Church  of  the,        .......         94 

Reynolds  House,     .........         95 

Rocks  enclosing  New  Haven,  .         .         .         .         .         .         .123 

Rutherford  warehouse,     .         .         .         .         .         .         .         .117 

Sanitary  arrangements,     ........         26 

Sargent  Mansion,     .         .         .         .         .  .         .         .         96 

Sargent's  Factory,    .         .         .         .         .         .         .         .         .112 

School  of  Journalism,  The  Yale,        .         .         .         .         .         .         56 

Scientific  Department,  The,     .......         38 

Scroll  and  Key  Hall, 37 

Second  Regiment,    .         .         .         .         ,         .         .         .         .115 

Sheffield  Hall, 40 

Sherman,  Roger,  Residence,     .         .         .         .         .         .         »        121 

Silliman  Statue, 19 


INDEX.  x 

Page 
Skull  and  Bones  Hall, 32 

South  College, 1 1 

South  Middle  College, 14 

State  House,  The  Old, 129 

St.  Bernard  Cemetery,      ........        105 

Steam-Heating  Works,     ........         26 

St.  Francis  Orphan  Asylum,     .......         93 

St.  John's  Catholic  Church, 106 

St.  Mary's  Church,  .........         91 

Students,  number  of,         ........  4 

Summary  of  Base-Ball,  Foot-Ball  and  Boating,         ...         68 

Temple  Street, 88 

Thacher  Residence,  .         .         .         .         .         .         .         .120 

Theological  Department,  The, 43 

Third  Church,  .........         99 

Third  Senior  Society  Hall,        .         .          .         .         .         .         .         42 

Tontine  Property,    .........         99 

Treasury,  The, .         26 

Trowbridge  Library,         .....          ...         45 

Trinity  Church,         .........         89 

Webster  house,  The  Noah,        .......         90 

West  Chapel  Street, '     .         .122 

West  Divinity  Hall, 45 

Western  New  Haven,       .         .         .         .         .         .         .         .119 

West  Rock, 123 

Westville,         .         .         .    • 123 

Whalley  Avenue  and  Vicinity,  .         .         .         .         .          .126 

Whitney  Avenue,     .          .         .         .         .         .          .         .         .         93 

Winchester  Observatory,  The, 61 

Wooster  Square,      .         .         .         .         .         .         ..          .113 

Yale  College,  historical  sketch,          .         .         .         .         .          .  i 

Yale,  Elihu,  life  of, .         .         . 2 

Yale  the  "  Mother  of  Colleges,"        ......  5 


ILLUSTRATIONS, 


H  ELIOT  YPES. 

ALUMNI  HALL, Opposite  page    44 

ART  SCHOOL,   .......  52 

ATHENVEUM, 26 

BATTELL  CHAPEL, 44 

BERZELIUS  HALL, "               26 

BOAT-HOUSE, "              120 

DELTA  KAPPA  EPSILON  HALL,  ....  90 

DURFEE  HALL, 34 

EAST  DIVINITY, 82 

FARNAM  HALL,         ......  34 

GYMNASIUM, "               60 

LAW  SCHOOL, "              114 

LYCEUM, 26 

MARQUAND  CHAPEL,         .....  82 

MEDICAL  SCHOOL, "               98 

NORTH  COLLEGE, 18 

NORTH  MIDDLE  COLLEGE,        ....  18 

NORTH  SHEFFIELD  HALL,        ....  74 

OBSERVATORY, 1 20 

OLD  CHAPEL,  .......  26 

OLD  LABORATORY, 60 

PEABODY  MUSEUM,    ......  52 

Psi  UPSILON  HALL,          .....  90 

READING  ROOM, "               60 


ILL  US  TRA  TIONS.  xi 

SCROLL  AND  KEY  HALL,           ....      Opposite  page  90 

SHEFFIELD  HALL, 74 

SKULL  AND  BONES  HALL,        ....                "  90 

SLOANE  LABORATORY "  98 

SOUTH  COLLEGE,      ......               "  10 

SOUTH  MIDDLE  COLLEGE,         ....                "  10 

STUDENT'S  ROOM  IN  DURFEE,  ....                "  68 

THIRD  SENIOR  SOCIETY  HALL,         ...                "  114 

TREASURY,        .......                "  60 

TROWBRIDGE  LIBRARY, "  82 

WEST  DIVINITY, "  82 

YALE  LIBRARY, "  68 

YALE  UNIVERSITY  CLUB,  .....                "  120 

PLATES   AND   MAPS. 

Page 

MAP  OF  NEW  HAVEN, 80 

PLAN  SHOWING  LOCATION  OF  BUILDINGS  AT  YALE,        .        .  xii 


HISTORICAL  SKETCH, 


YALE  COLLEGE,  situated  in  the  beautiful  city  of  New  Haven,  Connec- 
ticut, had  its  origin  away  back  in  the  very  beginning  of  the  eighteenth 
century,  nearly  two  hundred  years  ago.  From  the  moment  of  the 
settlement  of  New  Haven  colony,  in  1638,  the  leading  spirit  among 
the  settlers,  John  Davenport,  had  determined  upon  the  organization  of 
a  college,  and  less  than  ten  years  after  that  time,  a  lot  of  land  had 
been  set  aside  at  New  Haven  and  called  "  college  land."  But  various 
difficulties  presented  themselves,  so  that  Davenport  died  without  wit- 
nessing the  fruition  of  his  purpose.  The  project  was  never  aban- 
doned, however,  and  in  1664  a  collegiate  school,  called  Hopkins 
Grammar  School,  in  honor  of  its  benefactor,  Governor  Hopkins  of 
Connecticut,  was  successfully  organized.  The  fact  that  the  instruction 
given  was  not  up  to  the  requirements  of  a  college  course  led  ten 
ministers  of  the  colony  of  Connecticut  to  organize  themselves  into  a 
society  for  the  establishment  of  a  collegiate  school.  In  the  fall  of  the 
year  1700  or  1701  they  met  at  Branford,  and  each  laid  on  the  table  at 
the  place  of  meeting,  a  few  volumes,  saying,  "  I  give  these  books  for 
founding  a  college  in  this  colony."  This  act  is  generally  looked  upon 
as  the  beginning  of  Yale  College.  From  so  humble  an  origin  has 
sprung  the  powerful  Yale  University  of  to-day. 

For  a  time  the  college  was  located  at  Saybrook,  Connecticut,  under 
Rev.  Abraham  Pierson,  who  was  chosen  Rector.  Jacob  Hemingway, 
who  entered  in  March,  1702,  was  the  first  student.  After  wandering 
about  from  town  to  town,  to  accommodate  itself  to  the  residences  of 
the  various  officials,  the  college  at  last  became  permanently  located  at 


2  YALE  COLLEGE. 

New  Haven.  Much  opposition  was  manifested  to  its  removal  to  that 
place;  in  fact,  force  had  to  be  used  in  transferring  the  library  from 
Saybrook  to  its  new  home,  and  one  hundred  and  sixty  volumes  were 
lost  in  the  scuffles  which  occurred  on  the  journey. 

The  first  public  Commencement  of  the  college  at  New  Haven  oc- 
curred in  1718.  Those  who  had  seceded  on  the  removal  of  the  college 
to  that  place  held  a  rival  Commencement  at  Wethersfield,  but  a  recon- 
ciliation was  brought  about,  and  all  the  factions  at  length  united  heart- 
ily in  support  of  the  college  in  its  new  location. 

In  1717  the  first  college  building  was  erected,  about  which  time 
Governor  Elihu  Yale,  of  London,  made  to  the  institution  several 
valuable  gifts,  including  "  books,  the  portrait  and  the  arms  of  King 
George,  and  ^200  sterling  worth  of  English  goods,"  out  of  gratitude 
for  which,  the  trustees  named  the  new  building  Yale  College.  Gov- 
ernor Yale  was  born  in  New  England,  educated  in  England,  and 
became  Governor  of  Fort  St.  George,  now  Madras.  The  college  pos- 
sesses an  original  full-length  portrait  of  its  great  benefactor.  His 
epitaph  in  the  churchyard  at  Wrexham,  in  Wales,  where  Governor  Yale 
was  buried,  contains  the  following  lines : 

"  Born  in  America,  in  Europe  bred, 
In  Afric  travelled  and  in  Asia  wed, 
Where  long  he  lived  and  thrived ;  at  London  dead. 
Much  good,  some  111  he  did ;  so  hope's  all  even, 
And  that  his  Soul  through  Mercy's  gone  to  Heaven." 

In  1722  the  college  was  shaken  to  its  foundations  by  the  apostacy  of 
its  Rector,  Rev.  Timothy  Cutler,  who  became  a  communicant  of  the 
Church  of  England;  and  again  in  President  Clap's  term  of  office,  from 
1739  to  1766,  much  ill-feeling  was  created  in  and  against  the  college 
on  account  of  the  stand  taken  by  the  authorities  toward  the  great 
revival  preacher,  Whitefield,  and  his  followers.  Its  sorest  trial  came 
during  the  American  Revolution,  however.  Owing  to  the  impossibility 
of  procuring  provisions  in  New  Haven  at  this  time,  the  Freshmen  were 
removed  to  Farmington,  and  the  Juniors  and  Sophomores  to  Glaston- 


HISTORICAL  SKETCH.  3 

bury,  the  Seniors  alone  remaining  in  New  Haven.  Yale's  record  dur- 
ing that  period  is  a  proud  one.  A  company  of  its  students  was 
reviewed  and  drilled  on  the  Green  at  New  Haven  by  General  Wash- 
ington while  on  his  way  to  take  command  of  the  American  forces 
about  Boston;  and  it  may  be  noted  that  this  was  the  first  military 
organization  to  receive  orders  from  Washington  after  his  appointment 
as  Commander-in-Chief  of  the  American  forces.  At  the  battle  of 
Bunker  Hill,  Yale  men  stood  shoulder  to  shoulder  with  their  country- 
men to  repel  the  assaults  of  the  invader,  and  scarcely  a  battle  occurred 
during  the  War  for  Independence  in  which  Yale  was  not  represented. 
It  was  a  Yale  man,  Captain  Nathan  Hale,  of  the  class  of  1773,  who, 
having  been  selected  by  Washington  as  the  most  competent  person  in 
the  entire  American  army  to  undertake  the  exceedingly  hazardous 
enterprise  of  going  within  the  British  camp  on  Long  Island  as  a  spy, 
and  having  been  captured  (after  fully  accomplishing  his  mission),  and 
condemned  to  die,  in  his  last  words  exclaimed,  "  I  regret  that  I  have 
only  one  life  to*  give  for  my  country !  " 

In  July,  1779,  New  Haven  was  taken,  college  buildings  and  all,  by 
the  British;  not,  however,  until  the  red-coats  had  met  with  a  vigorous 
resistance  from  students  and  citizens.  On  account  of  the  war,  no 
public  Commencements  were  held  between  1777  and  1781. 

During  President  Stiles's  administration  of  the  college,  beginning  in 
1777  and  ending  in  1795,  the  ill-feeling  generated  during  the  presi- 
dency of  Clap  disappeared,  and  a  reconciliation  came  about,  when, 
in  return  for  a  grant  of  money  to  the  college,  the  Governor,  Lieuten- 
ant Governor  and  six  Senators  of  the  State  of  Connecticut  became 
members  of  the  college  corporation.  -Since  that  time  Yale  has  had 
few,  if  any,  drawbacks  worthy  of  mention.  Crippled  by  poverty  for 
the  first  130  years  of  its  existence,  it  pressed  bravely  forward,  ever 
increasing  in  excellence  of  education  and  in  number  of  students,  and 
never  failing  for  a  moment  to  retain  its  position  in  the  very  first  rank 
of  American  colleges.  Fifty  years  ago  its  first  large  endowment,  of 
$100,000,  was  undertaken;  "and  it  is  worthy  of  notice,  as  one  of  the 


4  YALE  COLLEGE. 

great  results  of  that  solid  financial  advance  which  began  in  1831,  that 
the  aggregate  of  its  academical  graduates  for  the  half-century  now 
ending  largely  surpasses  that  of  any  other  college  in  America." 

The  governing  board  at  Yale,  termed  the  Corporation,  as  at  present 
constituted,  consists  of  eighteen  persons,  viz. :  the  Governor  and  the 
Lieutenant  Governor  of  the  State  of  Connecticut,  ten  Congregational 
clergymen,  who  elect  their  own  successors,  and  six  gentlemen,  elected 
one  each  year  for  a  term  of  six  years,  by  the  graduates  of  five  years' 
standing  and  upwards.  The  corporation  meets  at  least  once  in  each 
year,  but  a  committee  of  its  members,  called  the  Prudential  Committee, 
assembles  as  often  as  circumstances  require.  The  arrangement  of 
details  for  the  government  and  maintenance  of  the  institution  is  left, 
however,  almost  entirely  to  the  president  and  to  the  faculties  of  the 
various  departments. 

At  a  meeting  of  the  corporation  in  1872,  it  was  resolved  that  Yale 
had,  by  the  successful  establishment  of  the  various  departments, 
attained  the  form  of  a  University,  and  that  it  be  recognized  as  com- 
prising the  four  departments  of  which  a  University  is  commonly 
understood  to  consist,  viz. :  the  Departments  of  Theology,  of  Law,  of 
Medicine,  and  of  Philosophy  and  the  Arts.  Under  the  last-named 
department  are  included,  the  Courses  for  Graduate  Instruction,  the 
Undergraduate  Academical  Department,  the  Undergraduate  Section  of 
the  Sheffield  Scientific  School,  and  the  School  of  the  Fine  Arts  —  each 
having  a  distinct  organization.  The  legal  designation  remains  as 
before  the  organization  into  a  University,  "  The  President  and  Fellows 
of  Yale  College  in  New  Haven." 

The  growth  of  Yale  has  been  steady  and  rapid,  both  in  number  of 
students  and  in  wealth.  Fifteen  years  ago  the  number  of  students  in 
the  entire  University  was  682;  for  several  years  past  the  number  has 
at  no  time  been  below  i,oqo;  and  lately  has  exceeded  that  figure. 
Fifteen  years  ago  the  number  of  officers  of  government  and  instruc- 
tion was  forty-nine;  now,  it  exceeds  twice  that.  As  to  material 
wealth,  Yale  is  richer  to-day  by  three  millions  of  dollars,  than  she  was 


HISTORICAL  SKETCH.  5 

a  decade  and  a  half  ago,  the  value  of  all  the  property  owned  by  the 
University  being  in  1884  perhaps  seven  millions  of  dollars.  Much  of 
this  is  in  land  and  buildings. 

Since  its  organization  Yale  College  has  conferred  more  than  twelve 
thousand  degrees,  over  nine  thousand  of  which  have  been  given  to 
graduates  of  the  Academical  Department.  Adding  to  the  whole  num- 
ber of  degrees  conferred  the  number  of  those  who  graduated  from  the 
Law  and  the  Theological  Departments  before  degrees  were  conferred 
upon  those  who  had  completed  the  courses  in  law  and  theology,  the 
total  number  of  Yale  graduates  exceeds  sixteen  thousand;  — an  aggre- 
gate considerably  greater  than  the  number  of  graduates  of  any  other 
college  in  the  United  States.  The  list  includes  the  names  of  many  of 
the  most  distinguished  men  of  modern  times,  among  whom  may  be 
mentioned  both  the  great  lexicographers,  Webster  and  Worcester;  the 
distinguished  jurists,  Grimke,  Mason,  and  Calhoun;  Morse,  the  in- 
ventor of  the  telegraph;  Eli  Whitney,  inventor  of  the  cotton-gin; 
Silliman,  the  greatest  scientist  of  his  generation;  the  learned  Hadley, 
and  the  accurate  thinker  Chauvenet.  Chief-Justice  Waite  and  ex- 
Justice  Strong,  of  the  United  States  Supreme  Court,  Senator  Dawes  of 
Massachusetts,  Hon.  \Villiam  M.  Evarts,  ex-Governor  Samuel  J. 
Tilden,  and  ex-Attorneys  General  Taft  and  Pierrepont  are  all  gradu- 
ates of  Yale. 

Yale  has  often  been  called  the  "  Mother  of  Colleges,"  on  account  of 
her  preponderating  influence  in  the  establishment  of  other  institutions 
of  learning.  She  has  furnished  the  first  president  for  very  many 
American  colleges,  including  Princeton,  Columbia,  Dartmouth,  Wil- 
liams, Georgia  University,  Hamilton,  Kenyon,  Illinois,  Wabash, 
University  of  Missouri,  University  of  Mississippi,  University  of 
Wisconsin,  Beloit,  College  of  Mississippi,  Chicago  University,  Califor- 
nia University,  Cornell  University  and  Johns-Hopkins  University.  She 
has  furnished  two  presidents  each  to  Middlebury,  Rutgers,  Illinois, 
Hampden-Sidney,  Vermont  University,  Wisconsin  University,  Wash- 
ington University,  University  of  California,  University  of  Georgia  and 


6  TALE  COLLEGE. 

University  of  Mississippi;  and  three  each  to  Columbia,  Princeton  and 
Western  Reserve;  also  one  each  to  several  other  colleges  and  universi- 
ties, including  Trinity,  College  of  South  Carolina,  College  of  East 
Tennessee,  Iowa  University  and  the  University  of  Kentucky.  The 
result  has  been  that  a  great  majority  of  the  more  prominent  American 
colleges  have  been,  and  are  conducted  on  essentially  the  Yale  system, 
though  the  details  vary  more  or  less  in  all  of  them.  At  this  point  it 
may  not  be  inappropriate  to  give  a  brief  statement  of  the  policy 
pursued  by  this  "  Mother  of  Colleges,"  which  can  best  be  done  by 
taking  the  following  extract  from  an  official  report  made  by  President 
Porter  to  the  Society  of  the  Alumni  of  Yale,  in  June,  1881 : 

- "  The  institution  has  had  a  definite  policy  to  which  it  has  adhered  with 
a  good  degree  of  consistency.  It  has  employed  little  active  agency  to 
solicit  funds.  It  has  proposed  no  royal  or  easy  paths  to  learning  or 
intellectual  power.  It  has  carefully  refrained  from  odious  comparisons 
to  the  disadvantage  of  sister  institutions.  It  has  avoided  appeals  to 
the  indolence  or  the  undue  self-reliance  which  are  characteristic  of 
young  men.  On  the  other  hand,  if  the  testimony  of  those  who  have 
known  its  inmost  spirit  and  its  animating  forces  is  worth  anything,  it 
has  not  been  too  bigoted  to  learn  nor  too  conceited  to  improve.  Its 
windows  are  open  in  every  direction,  towards  the  rising  as  truly  as 
towards  the  setting  sun,  and  it  is  ever  ready  to  welcome  new  truth 
from  any  quarter,  and  to  try  new  methods,  by  whomsoever  they  are 
suggested,  if  they  are  recommended  to  our  judgment  or  are  enforced 
by  experience.  But  it  believes  in  the  past  as  well  as  in  the  future, 
holding  it  to  be  eminently  becoming  in  those  who  have  received  the 
torch  of  knowledge  from  those  who  have  gone  before  them,  to  despise 
none  of  the  wisdom  which  the  past  has  inspired  or  confirmed." 

As  an  evidence  of  the  conservatism  thus  expressed,  it  may  be 
stated  that  during  Yale's  almost  two  centuries  of  existence,  but  eleven 
persons  have  filled  the  office  of  President  of  the  college.  President 
Day  served  from  1817  till  1846  —  a  period  of  twenty-nine  years.  The 
Presidents  have  been :  Abraham  Pierson  (1701-1707),  Samuel  Andrew 


HISTORICAL  SKETCH.  7 

(1707-1719),  Timothy  Cutler  (1719-1722),  Elisha  Williams  (1725- 
1739),  Thomas  Clap  (1739-1766),  Naphtali  Daggett  (1766-1777), 
Ezra  Stiles  (1777-1795),  Timothy  Dwight  (1795-1817),  Jeremiah 
Day  (1817-1846),  Theodore  D.  Woolsey  (1846-1871).  The  present 
incumbent,  Rev.  Noah  Porter,  D.D.,  LL.D.,  was  chosen  in  1871. 

As  is  very  well  known,  Yale  is  the  most  cosmopolitan  of  all  American 
colleges  —  a  characteristic  for  which  it  has  been  distinguished  during 
more  than  a  century  and  a  half.  It  has  drawn  and  continues  to  draw 
its  students  from  all  parts  of  the  world.  As  a  result,  its  graduates  are 
found  everywhere  —  particularly,  in  the  United  States,  in  New  York, 
the  West  and  the  South.  There  is  something  in  the  Yale  system  which 
binds  its  students,  drawn  from  so  many  different  countries  and  States, 
with  strong  ties  of  class-friendship,  this  friendship  tending  to  place  all 
its  students  on  terms  of  almost  perfect  equality.  The  man  of  wealth 
and  the  one  who  "  works  his  way  through,"  are  held  in  equal  esteem  by 
all  connected  with  the  University.  A  manly,  straightforward,  capable 
student  is  sure  to  receive  honor  and  respect,  from  both  the  authorities 
and  his  fellows,  without  regard  to  factitious  distinctions  of  any  sort 
whatever;  and  best  of  all,  the  friendly  ties  formed  during  the  course 
are  not  broken  at  graduation,  but  manifest  themselves  ever  through 
life  in  the  form  of  class-feeling  and  loyalty  to  "  Dear  Old  Yale." 
Between  students  and  faculty,  too,  an  excellent  understanding  pre- 
vails; and  it  is  indeed  a  rare  occurrence  when  any  serious  difficulty 
takes  place.  Though  the  students  do  not  always  see  a  given  subject  in 
the  same  light  that  it  is  seen  by  the  corporation  and  the  faculty,  they 
nevertheless  always  quietly  submit,  never  for  an  instant  doubting  the 
motive.  So  of  the  elements  known  as  "Old  Yale"  and  "Young 
Yale."  However  much  their  views  may  differ  as  to  the  policy  to  be 
pursued,  each  believes  heartily  in  the  sincerity  of  the  other's  efforts  for 
the  good  of 

"  The  Old—  the  New  —  the  same  dear  Yale." 
As    would    naturally   be    expected    from  its   leading   position,    the 


8  YALE  COLLEGE. 

amount  of  study  necessary  to  enable  one  to  pass  the  entrance  examina- 
tions at  Yale,  and  the  amount  of  study  required  to  maintain  one's 
position  in  his  class,  is  at  least  equal  ro  that  of  any  other  American 
University.  In  fact,  many  are  inclined  to  think  that  in  order  to  pass 
through  the  course,  more  real,  solid,  steady  work  is  required  than  at 
any  other.  This  is  in  no  sense  a  disadvantage,  however,  as  the  work 
is  so  laid  out  that  the  faithful  student  is  able  to  accomplish  it  without 
injury  to  mind  or  body,  and  cannot  fail  to  be  the  gainer. 

Affording,  as  Yale  does,  so  excellent  and  so  entirely  unexcelled  an 
opportunity  for  a  thorough  education  of  the  highest  grade,  the  neces- 
sary annual  expenses  for  a  student  are  decidedly  moderate,  as  will  be 
seen  by  the  following  estimate,  which  includes  everything  but  wearing 
apparel,  travelling,  and  board  in  vacations :  — 
Treasurer's  bill  (according  to  location  of  room),  from  $160  to  $220 

Board,  37  weeks, "  130  to     220 

Fuel,  lights,  and  washing,        .         .         .         .         "  30  to       60 

Use  of  text-books  and  furniture,      ..."  30  to       60 

Total, $350        $560 

This  is  providing,  of  course,  that  the  student  is  able  to  pay  all 
necessary  bills  without  aid.  But  if  he  cannot  command  this  amount, 
he  is  at  liberty  to  apply  for  a  portion  of  the  funds  provided  for  such 
cases,  always  on  the  condition,  however,  that  he  be  a  worthy,  faithful 
student.  There  are  numerous  ways  in  which  he  may  earn  money,  so 
that  it  may  safely  be  said  that  no  deserving  student  is  ever  obliged  to 
leave  Yale  for  want  of  funds. 

As  it  may  prove  of  interest  to  the  visitor  to  know  what  is  required 
for  admission  to  the  college,  the  following  schedule  is  given,  showing 
the  books  and  subjects  in  which  all  candidates  for  admission  to  the 
Freshman  class  of  the  Academical  Department  or  college  proper,  are 
examined.  The  requirements  for  admission  to  the  various  other 
departments  are  given  in  their  appropriate  places  elsewhere  in  this 
book : — 


HISTORICAL  SKETCH.  9 

Latin  Grammar. 

Caesar  — Gallic  War,  Books  I-III. 
Cicero  —  Orations  against  Catiline  and  for  Archias. 
Virgil  —  Bucolics,   and   first    six    books   of    the   ^Eneid,   including 
Prosody. 

Ovid  —  Metamorphoses,  translation  at  sight. 

The  translation,  at  sight,  of  passages  from  prose  Latin. 

The  translation  into  Latin  of  a  connected  passage  of  English  prose. 

Roman  History. 

Greek  Grammar  —  with  translation  of  English  into  Greek. 

Xenophon  —  Anabasis,  three  books. 

Homer  —  Iliad,  two  books,  with  Prosody. 

The  translation,  at  sight,  of  passages  from  Cicero  or  Caesar. 

Greek  History. 

French  or  German  so  far  as  to  translate  at  sight  easy  prose,  the 
candidate  being  in  each  case  at  liberty  to  decide  for  himself  in  which 
of  the  two  languages  he  shall  be  examined. 

Higher  Arithmetic  —  including  the  metric  system  of  weights  and 
measures. 

Algebra  —  so  much  as  is  included  in  Loomis's  Treatise,  up  to  the 
chapter  on  Logarithms. 

Geometry — Euclid,  book  first,  and  the  first  33  exercises  thereon  in 
Todhunter's  edition;  or,  the  first  four  books  in  other  Geometries,  with 
the  above  exercises. 

Candidates  who  present  themselves  at  the  June  examinations,  may 
pass  in  part  of  the  studies  required;  they  must  pass  in  at  least  seven  of 
the  subjects  required, in  order  to  receive  any  certificate;  they  may  offer 
any  subjects  except  reading  Greek  and  Latin  at  sight.  To  save 
expense  to  candidates,  special  examinations  are  held  at  Chicago, 
Cincinnati  and  San  Francisco  each  year. 


10  TALE  COLLEGE. 


THE  ACADEMICAL  DEPARTMENT, 


A  JAUNT  THROUGH  THE  GROUNDS.— The  visitor,  having  read 
the  preceding  sketch  of  the  history  of  Yale,  is  prepared  to  take  a 
jaunt  through  the  College  grounds  for  the  purpose  of  examining  the 
various  halls,  libraries,  chapels  and  other  objects  of  interest  connected 
with  the  University.  By  referring  to  the  printed  plan,  all  difficulty  in 
finding  the  different  objects  described  will  disappear.  The  most  satis- 
factory starting-point  will  be  the  corner  of  Chapel  and  College  streets, 
inasmuch  as,  passing  through  the  gate  on  Chapel  Street  near  College, 
the  visitor  at  once  comes  upon  the  "  Old  Brick  Row,"  for  many  years 
the  principal  buildings  connected  with  the  College. 

THE  CAMPUS. — But  first  the  visitor  will  observe  the  remark- 
able beauty  of  the  campus,  or  that  portion  of  the  University  grounds 
bounded  by  Chapel,  High,  Elm,  and  College  streets.  Generations  ago 
rows  of  elms  were  planted  there,  and  are  now  grown  up  into  noble 
shade-trees,  beneath  whose  wide-spreading  branches  thousands  of  stu- 
dents have  wended  their  way,  and  in  whose  shade  many  of  America's 
most  learned  scholars,  distinguished  statesmen,  and  eminent  teachers 
received  the  education  which  aided  them  to  become  the  great  public 
benefactors  that  they  were.  Webster  and  Worcester,  of  diction- 
ary fame;  Hadley,  the  great  philologist;  Silliman,  the  scientist; 
Morse,  the  inventor  of  the  telegraph;  Edwards,  Hopkins,  Emmons, 
Dwight,  and  Taylor,  the  eminent  theologians;  the  distinguished  writers 


SOUTH. 
(Page  n.) 


SOUTH    MIDDLE. 
(Page  14.) 


THE  ACADEMICAL  DEPARTMENT.  1X 

Pierpont,  Hillhouse,  Cooper,  Percival,  Willis,  Buslinell,  Judd,  Bristed, 
Mitchell,  Winthrop  and  Stedman;  the  renowned  jurists  and  barristers 
Grimke,  Mason,  Kent  and  Calhoun,  and  hosts  of  others  scarcely  less 
noted  have  been  frequenters  of  the  elm-clad  campus  at  Yale.  When 
Noah  Webster  (class  of  1778)  was  in  college,  the  campus  Embraced 
but  a  comparatively  small  portion  of  the  ground  now  occupied  by  the 
Academical  Department,  extending  north  from  Chapel  Street  only  a 
short  distance  beyond  the  structure  to-day  known  as  South  Middle, 
and  but  a  few  feet  west  of  the  present  Old  Laboratory.  Additions 
have  from  time  to  time  been  made,  however,  until  the  campus  now 
extends  nearly  nine  hundred  feet  on  College  and  High  streets,  and 
nearly  five  hundred  feet  on  Chapel  and  Elm  streets,  embracing  an 
entire  double  square.  The  campus  has  witnessed  many  jolly  and  ex- 
citing times  among  the  students,— occasions  which  none  but  collegians 
can  appreciate.  Not  infrequently  the  campus  is  lighted  up  at  night  by 
huge  bonfires,  for  which  the  sophomores  are  generally  responsible, 
though  often  the  graduating  class  has,  on  Commencement  night,  a 
great  fire  in  front  of  South  College,  when  old  chairs,  dilapidated  tables, 
the  contents  of  kerosene  cans,  etc.,  are  heaped  together  in  one  great 
mass  and  allowed  to  burn  in  honor  of  the  occasion.  The  shadows 
cast  by  the  noble  old  elms  on  these  occasions  lend  a  weirdness  and 
grandeur  to  the  scene,  at  once  attractive,  suggestive,  and  impressive. 

But,  to  the  buildings.  Standing  within  an  arm's  length  of  Chapel 
Street,  and  about  one  hundred  and  thirty  feet  west  of  College  Street, 
in  "  The  Old  Brick  Row  "  is  the  venerable  edifice  designated : 

SOUTH  COLLEGE.  —  South  College,  the  most  southerly  building,  as 
its  name  indicates,  in  this  "  Old  Brick  Row,"  is,  next  to  South  Middle, 
the  oldest  dormitory  on  the  grounds,  having  been  erected  in  1793-4. 
The  funds,  some  $13,000,  were  furnished  by  the  State  of  Connecticut,  with 
the  condition  that  "  the  Governor,  Lieutenant-Governor,  and  six  senior 
Senators  of  the  State,  for  the  time  being,  should  ever  after  be,  by  vir- 
tue of  their  offices,  Trustees  or  Fellows  of  the  College,  and  should,  with 


I2  YALE  COLLEGE. 

the  President  and  other  Fellows,  constitute  the  corporation,  and  enjoy 
the  same  powers  and  privileges  as  if  they  had  been  named  in  the 
charter."  The  condition  was  accepted,  and  South  College  was  the 
immediate  result.  It  is  a  plain  brick  building,  one  hundred  feet  long 
by  forty  wide,  and  originally  contained  thirty-two  studies  with  two  bed- 
rooms each.  "  In  commemoration  of  the  State's  munificence  and  of 
the  union  in  the  corporation  of  ecclesiastics  and  civilians  "  the  build- 
ing was  named  Union  Hall,  but  has  long  since  dropped  that  title  and 
is  now  known  officially  and  unofficially  as  "  South."  Like  all  the  other 
dormitories  it  has  been  the  scene  of  many  a  stirring  event;  but  the 
most  exciting  of  all  occurred  in  1855,  when,  in  the  great  riot  of  that 
year  between  the  students  and  the  young  men  of  the  town,  the  stu- 
dents, pursued  by  hundreds  of  enraged  townspeople,  retired  within 
the  walls  of  South,  barricaded  the  doors  and  prepared  to  fight  to  the 
death.  A  large  loaded  cannon  was  dragged  to  the  spot  by  the  towns- 
people, directed  point-blank  at  the  devoted  building,  and,  so  the  story 
goes,  had  the  gun  not  been  spiked  by  a  friendly  hand,  would  have 
been  discharged  at  the  venerable  pile.  Finally,  the  reading  of  the 
riot  act,  and  a  display  of  military,  coupled  with  a  heavy  rain,  dispersed 
the  mob,  and  South  was  thus  saved,  perhaps,  from  destruction.  South 
College  has  always  been  a  great  favorite  with  the  students,  especially 
seniors,  for  various  reasons,  not  the  least  important  of  which  is  its 
proximity  to  "  The  Fence."  Of  late  its  rooms  in  odd  years  are  nearly 
all  filled  with  seniors,  and  in  even  years  by  juniors.  Among  other  con- 
veniences, or  rather  luxuries,  many  of  its  rooms,  which  are  very  cosey, 
contain  open  fire-places.  Like  all  other  buildings  in  the  College  it  is 
supplied  with  gas  and  water.  Among  the  distinguished  persons  who 
have  roomed  in  South  are  Hons.  Mason  Brown  (room  25),  and  Garnet 
Duncan  (room  30),  of  Kentucky;  Hon.  Christopher  Morgan  (room 
14),  "Prince"  John  Van  Buren  (room  16),  Rev.  Dr.  Budington  (room 
1 6),  and  Charles  Astor  Bristed  (room  i),  of  New  York;  Professors 
James  D.  Dana  (room  16),  and  Thomas  A.  Thacher  (room  7),  of  New 
Haven;  and  Bishop  Kip  (room  7),  of  California. 


THE  ACADEMICAL  DEPARTMENT.  I3 

ATHENAEUM.  —  The  Athenaeum,  the  second  building  north  from 
Chapel  Street  in  the  "Old  Brick  Row,"  was  originally  built  for  a 
chapel,  and  was  the  first  building  erected  specially  for  that  pur- 
pose in  the  College  grounds.  By  a  vote  of  the  corporation  in  1760  it 
was  decided  that  the  new  building  should  be  of  brick,  fifty  feet  long 
and  forty  wide,  with  a  library  over  it.  It  was  completed  in  1 763,  and 
was  at  once  made  use  of,  as  well  for  exercises  in  oratory  as  in  religion. 
In  1803,  after  the  removal  of  the  library  to  the  Lyceum,  then  new,  the 
upper  story  of  the  chapel  was  "  thrown  into  three  apartments :  one  for 
a  philosophical  room,  another  for  an  apparatus  room,  and  a  third  for  a 
museum."  In  1824  the  building  ceased  to  be  used  for  religious  exer- 
cises, a  new  edifice,  now  known  as  Old  Chapel,  having  been  erected 
for  that  purpose.  The  structure  then  took  the  name  Athenaeum,  which 
it  now  bears.  The  lower  portion  from  that  time  onward  was  used  for 
recitation  rooms,  and  the  upper  portion  for  the  society  libraries.  For- 
merly a  spire  surmounted  the  Athenaeum,  but  this  was  taken  down  in 
1829  and  "replaced  by  an  octagonal  tower,  built  in  imitation  of  the 
Tower  of  the  Winds  in  Athens  and  fitted  up  for  an  observatory  and  to 
receive  a  telescope  which  had  been  presented  to  the  College  by  Mr. 
Sheldon  Clark.  This  telescope  was  a  refractor  of  ten  feet  focal  length, 
made  by  Dollond,  of  London,  and  is  supposed  to  have  been  the  best 
telescope  at  that  time  in  America."  In  1870  the  tower  was  surmounted 
by  a  revolving  cylindrical  dome,  and  the  Clark  telescope  occupies  a 
position  in  it,  though  it  is  little  used,  comparatively,  owing  to  better 
facilities  now  afforded  in  other  departments  of  the  University.  Also 
in  1870,  the  whole  interior  of  the  Athenaeum  was  rebuilt,  and  now 
contains  four  large  recitation  rooms  for  the  freshman  class.  The 
original  cost  of  the  Athenaeum  was  about  $4,000.  Visitors  desirous  of 
going  up  into  the  tower  for  a  bird's-eye  view  of  the  College  and  its 
surroundings  will  find  no  difficulty  in  obtaining  a  key  if  application  be 
made  at  the  office  of  the  college  inspector,  room  number  2,  Treasury, 
Mr.  Frank  E.  Hotchkiss,  the  inspector,  taking  great  pleasure  in  afford- 
ing every  possible  courtesy  to  visitors. 


14  YALE  COLLEGE. 

SOUTH  MIDDLE.  —  South  Middle,  built  in  1750,13  distinguished 
from  the  fact  that  it  is  the  oldest  building  now  standing  in  the  entire 
University.  In  1 748  the  number  of  students  had  so  greatly  increased 
that  a  new  dormitory  became  an  absolute  necessity.  To  raise  the 
required  funds  the  General  Assembly  of  the  colony  ordered  that  a  lot- 
tery be  held,  and  a  board  of  directors  was  appointed  for  that  purpose. 
This  expedient  proved  successful,  and  the  building  was  at  once  erected, 
though  not  entirely  completed  until  several  years  later.  When  fin- 
ished "  it  was  the  most  elegant  and  the  best  building  in  the  colony." 
It  is  of  brick,  with  sandstone  trimmings,  is  one  hundred  and  five  feet 
long  and  forty  feet  in  breadth,  and  was  originally  three  stories  high, 
with  a  "  French  "  or  "  gambrel "  roof.  This  gambrel  roof  was  re- 
moved in  1797,  and  a  full  story,  covered  with  the  present  roof,  put  on. 
South  Middle  contained,  after  the  extra  story  had  been  added, 
thirty-two  studies,  suitable  for  two  students  each.  What  was  at  one 
time  a  famous  institution  in  the  College,  occupied  the  southeast  corner 
room,  ground  floor,  and  was  called  the  buttery.  It  was  presided  over 
by  an  officer  called  the  butler,  who  had  the  exclusive  right  to  sell,  on 
the  college  grounds,  such  articles  as  "  cider,  metheglin,  strong  beer  to 
the  amount  of  not  more  than  ten  barrels  annually  (afterward  in- 
creased to  twenty),  loaf  sugar,  pipes,  tobacco,  and  such  other  necessa- 
ries of  scholars  as  were  not  furnished  in  the  commons  hall."  On  the 
books  of  the  butler  no  less  a  person  than  President  Stiles  is  charged 
with  such  articles  as  cider,  walnuts,  pipes,  porter,  bottles  of  ale,  biscuit 
and  raisins.  The  buttery  was  abolished  in  1817,  after  a  long  existence, 
having  been  established  shortly  after  the  building  was  completed. 
For  many  years  the  college  bookseller  occupied  a  room  A  South 
Middle,  with  his  wares,  but  was  finally  obliged  to  withdraw  a  few 
years  ago,  and  the  rooms  on  the  first  floor,  between  the  two  entries, 
were  thrown  into  one  large  room,  which  served  as  a  reading-room  until 
in  1877  that  valuable  institution  was  removed  to  its  present  quarters  in 
the  Philosophical  Building. 

The  rooms  in  South  Middle  hall  were,  until  1883,  for  years  occupied 


THE  ACADEMICAL  DEPARTMENT.  15 

exclusively  by  sophomores,  except  the  few  rooms  reserved  for  mem- 
bers of  the  faculty,  and  have  doubtless  witnessed  within  their  walls 
more  ludicrousness  and  the  concocting  of  more  well-laid  schemes  of 
mischief  than  all  other  rooms  in  College  together.  Though  the  build- 
ing is  so  old  and  its  timbers  so  warped  that  it  is  almost  like  taking  an 
ocean  voyage  to  walk  some  of  the  floors,  or  go  down  the  flights  of 
stairs,  yet  the  average  sophomore  would  prefer  it,  with  its  glorious 
associations,  to  the  finest  palace  in  America;  and  hundreds  of  dollars 
have  been  paid  every  year  (until  in  1881  the  faculty  put  a  stop  to  the 
practice)  for  the  choice  of  a  room  there.  Old  graduates  on  the  verge 
of  the  grave  look  back  with  glee  to  the  uproarious  fun  they  made  a 
part  of  while  inmates  of  South  Middle,  and  laugh  until  tears  run 
down  their  cheeks,  in  recollection  of  the  various  tricks  and  pranks 
planned  within  its  walls. 

LYCEUM.  —  The  Lyceum,  standing  next  north  of  South  Middle  in 
the  "Old  Brick  Row,"  was  completed  in  1804  at  a  cost  of  perhaps 
$6,000.  It  is  of  brick,  three  stories  high,  56  feet  long,  and  44  feet 
wide,  with  a  tower  in  front  surmounted  by  a  cupola.  The  third  floor 
was  originally  used  for  the  library,  while  the  first  and  second  floors 
were  partitioned  off  into  recitation  rooms.  With  the  exception  that 
the  library  has  long  since  been  removed,  the  rooms  are  used  for  about 
the  same  purposes  now  as  when  first  built,  viz.,  for  recitations.  The 
large  room  in  the  rear,  on  the  first  floor,  known  as  the  President's  old 
lecture-room,  is  used  by  the  students  as  a  place  in  which  to  hold  their 
class  meetings  and  meetings  for  the  election  of  officers  for  the  various 
athletic  organizations.  Formerly  the  chemical  laboratory  was  located 
in  the  basement  of  the  Lyceum.  Hanging  in  the  cupola  is  the  college 
bell,  which  has  for  generation  after  generation  called  the  students  to 
religious  and  literary  exercises,  and  continues  so  to  do;  and  though 
the  college  rules  do  not  provide  for  such  occasions,  the  same  old  bell 
has  pealed  out  time  an*  again  the  glad  notes  of  victory  in  athletic 
contests  with  other  colleges  —  victories  which  were  doubly  prized  from 
the  fact  of  the  great  skill  and  excellence  of  the  opponents  from  whom 


1 6  YALE  COLLEGE. 

they  were  won.  Previous  to  the  completion  of  Battell  Chapel  the 
college  clock  occupied  a  position  in  the  tower  of  Lyceum,  and  its  old, 
time-worn  wooden  dials  may  be  seen  there  yet.  In  the  last  days  of 
its  activity  this  instrument  went  in  a  fearful  and  wonderful  way,  and, 
like  Paddy's  timepiece,  kept  more  time  than  any  other  clock  in  town. 

NORTH  MIDDLE.  — North  Middle  College,  built  in  1803,  and 
standing  next  north  of  Lyceum,  is  similar  in  general  appearance  to  the 
other  dormitories  in  the  "  Old  Brick  Row,"  which,  by  the  way,  from  t 
their  plainness  and  uniformity,  have  sometimes  been  called  "  the  fac- 
tories." It  is  1 06  feet  long  by  40  feet  wide,  is  four  stories  high,  and 
originally  accommodated  about  96  students.  It  is  heated  by  steam,  is 
provided  with  gas  and  water,  and  on  the  whole  is  a  very  comfortable 
dormitory,  though  the  condition  of  the  floors,  window-caps,  etc.,  indi- 
cates that  it  was  not  as  well  built  as  some  of  its  neighbors.  Each 
room  contains,  against  the  wall  next  the  sleeping-rooms,  a  large  closet 
with  double  doors.  It  was  intended  that  a  bed  should  be  placed  in 
this  closet,  capable  of  being  lowered  to  the  floor  at  night  to  accommo- 
date an  occupant,  so  that  each  study  could  provide  sleeping  accommo- 
dations for  three  persons.  These  closets  are  now  used  for  wardrobes, 
merely.  Until  North  College  was  built,  North  Middle  was  the  most 
popular  dormitory  in  the  row,  and  was  consequently  occupied  by 
seniors.  After  1821  the  seniors  deserted  it  for  the  then  new  North 
College,  and  North  Middle  became,  what  it  continues  to  be,  the  head- 
quarters, in  this  set  of  buildings,  for  the  juniors,  though  the  upper  story 
is  reserved  for  freshmen.  Unlike  South  Middle  and  South,  this  dormi- 
tory has  led  a  very  quiet,  uneventful  life,  with  scarcely  a  ripple  of 
excitement  of  any  kind,  though  hundreds  of  graduates  doubtless  look 
back  with  pleasure  upon  many  a  happy  evening  passed  in  old  North 
Middle.  Among  the  distinguished  persons  who  have  occupied  rooms 
within  its  walls,  are  Rev.  Dr.  Leonard  Bacon  (room  76),  Professor 
Solomon  Stoddard  (room  78),  President  Beecher,  of  Illinois  College 
(room  84),  President  Sturtevant,  of  the  same  college  (room  75),  Judge 


THE  ACADEMICAL  DEPARTMENT.  17 

Strong,  of  the  United  States  Supreme  Court  (room  67),  Bishop  Kip, 
of  California  (room  81),  Professor  Thacher,  of  New  Haven,  (room  90), 
Dr.  J.  P.  Thompson,  of  Berlin  (room  83) .  North  Middle  was  once, 
so  tradition  has  it,  haunted  by  a  ghost;  but  like  Rip  Van  Winkle's 
canine  companion,  it  has  long  since  departed. 

OLD  CHAPEL.  —  The  Old  Chapel,  standing  between  North  Mid- 
dle and  North,  and  directly  in  front  of  the  Treasury,  was  completed 
in  1824,  and  dedicated  on  the  1 7th  of  November  in  that  year.  It  is 
built  of  brick,  and  has  a  front  of  56  feet,  and  a  depth  of  72  feet. 
When  new  it  contained  on  the  first  floor  an  audience-room,  surrounded 
by  a  gallery,  while  the  floor  above  was  finished  into  studies  and  sleep- 
ing apartments  for  students.  The  attic  was  used  for  the  library.  A 
few  years  after  the  books  had  been  removed  to  the  new  library  building, 
this  attic  was  occupied  by  the  Department  of  Civil  Engineering,  which 
continued  to  have  its  headquarters  there  until  the  completion  of  Shef- 
field Hall  in  1860.  From  1824  to  1876  the  structure  was  the  college 
chapel,  in  which  all  the  religious  exercises,  including  daily  prayers, 
were  conducted.  For  years  after  it  had  been  built,  morning  prayers 
were  held  at  6  in  winter,  and  5.30  in  summer.  In  winter  it  was  no 
little  hardship  to  attend,  as  the  room  was  freezing  cold,  the  seats  not 
the  most  comfortable  in  the  world,  and  the  thought  of  an  immediate 
recitation  anything  but  encouraging.  In  1876,  on  the  completion  of 
Battell  Chapel,  the  Old  Chapel,  as  it  is  now  called,  was  converted  into 
lecture  and  recitation  rooms.  It  was  divided  into  front  and  rear 
halves  by  a  partition  built  up  through  the  centre,  and  the  first  floor 
front  was  made  into  a  lecture-room  for  the  President,  with  seats  rising 
in  tiers,  and  in  the  form  of  an  amphitheatre.  The  room  will  seat  a 
class  of  190  or  more.  On  the  second  floor  front  are  two  large  recita- 
tion rooms,  one  used  for  seniors,  the  other  for  juniors.  Two  large 
recitation  rooms  on  the  first  floor,  and  two  more  on  the  second  floor, 
rear,  are  used  for  sophomores.  The  third  story  is  still  used  as  a  dor- 
mitory. From  this  floor  stairs  and  ladders  lead  to  the  belfry  and 


1 8  TALE  COLLEGE. 

steeple,  the  top  of  the  latter  reaching  a  height  of  120  feet  above  the 
ground.  Several  years  ago  the  vane  which  surmounted  it  was  blown 
down  by  a  gale.  Various  daring  feats  have  been  performed  on  this 
steeple  by  students,  such  as  climbing  to  the  top  and  fastening  a  fresh- 
man flag  where  it  was  supposed  no  sophomore  would  dare  venture  to 
pull  it  down.  Inasmuch  as  such  a  flag  has  about  the  same  effect  on  a 
sophomore  that  a  red  cloth  is  said  to  have  on  an  enraged  bull,  it  is 
hardly  necessary  to  remark  that  the  flag  generally  came  down  in  short 
order. 

Many  an  able  preacher  has  spoken  from  the  pulpit  of  Old  Chapel, 
while  graduates  of  half  a  century  ago  recall  with  pleasure  an  address 
they  once  heard  within  its  walls  from  Daniel  Webster. 

NORTH  COLLEGE.—  North  College,  in  the  "  Old  Brick  Row,"  stands 
just  north  of  Old  Chapel,  and  partly  in  front  of  Farnam.  Erected  in 
1821,  it  is  the  newest  structure  at  present  standing  in  that  historic 
line  of  buildings,  with  the  exception  of  Old  Chapel,  built  three  years 
later.  About  106  feet  long  and  40  feet  wide,  built  of  brick,  and  four 
stories  high,  it  looks  a  trifle  newer  than  either  South,  South  Middle  or 
North  Middle;  but  otherwise,  and  except  that  the  roof  is  slated,  its 
appearance  is  about  the  same  as  that  of  the  others.  For  interesting 
associations,  however,  it  is  second  only  to  South  Middle,  and  vies  with 
South.  Seniors  at  once  appropriated  it,  on  its  completion,  and  even 
now  the  senior  class  is  pretty  well  represented  there,  though  no  one 
class  preponderates  sufficiently  to  make  it  safe  to  say  that  it  is  a  build- 
ing usually  occupied  by  that  class.  All  rooms  on  the  fourth  floor  are 
reserved  for  freshmen.  Years  ago  it  was  the  musical  centre  of  the  Col- 
lege, and  led  in  other  matters.  Just  after  it  was  completed,  at  a  con- 
vivial gathering  of  some  of  the  occupants  of  the  second  entry,  the 
toast,  "  North  Entry :  the  regulator,  and,  as  it  were,  the  pole-star  of  Yale 
College,"  was  drunk,  showing  at  least  what  one  portion  of  its  inhabi- 
tants thought;  and  the  members  of  the  other  entry  doubtless  did  not 
permit  their  end  of  the  building  to  suffer  by  comparison.  Every  entry 


I 


NORTH. 


THE  ACADEMICAL  DEPARTMENT.  19 

in  college,  along  in  1825,  had  one  or  more  clubs,  and  jolly  times  they 
made.  In  that  year  General  Lafayette  visited  Yale,  and  the  seniors  in 
North  celebrated  the  event  after  his  departure  for  Boston,  whither  he 
had  gone  to  be  present  at  the  laying  of  the  corner-stone  of  Bunker 
Hill  monument.  They  raked  together  what  money  they  could,  bought 
the  necessary  refreshments,  solid  and  otherwise,  and  had  a  grand  feast 
in  the  attic  of  North,  which  they  reached  by  climbing  up  through  a 
trap-door.  For  some  years  the  south-west  corner  room  in  North  was 
used  as  a  refreshment  room,  on  the  day  of  Junior  Exhibition,  in  which 
members  of  the  junior  class  entertained  their  lady  friends.  Rolling  an 
eighteen-pound  cannon-ball  down  the  stairways  of  the  south  entry  was 
one  of  the  diversions  indulged  in  while  Justice  Strong  was  an  occu- 
pant of  a  room  in  North  in  1827-8.  The  "Yale  Bully  Club,"  once 
one  of  the  most  famous  organizations  in  the  College,  ever  had  its 
headquarters  in  this  building.  The  "  Bully,"  the  appointed  leader  of 
the  students,  always  carried  a  big  cane  or  club  in  expeditions  of  the 
Yale  men,  and  commanded  in  every  battle  with  the  townspeople,  which 
were  then  of  frequent  occurrence,  but  which  are  now  things  of  the 
past.  North,  too,  claims  the  honor  of  originating  the  movement  which 
resulted  in  the  present  Yale  Literary  Magazine,  the  oldest  college 
publication  in  America. 

THE  SlLLIMAN  STATUE. —The  bronze  statue  in  the  northeast 
angle  of  the  campus,  within  a  few  rods  of  Battell  Chapel  and  Farnam 
Hall,  is  that  of  one  of  Yale's  most  renowned  graduates,  Professor 
Benjamin  Silliman,  whose  work  in  the  cause  of  science  gave  him  a 
world-wide  fame.  Much  of  Professor  Silliman's  best  work  was  done 
in  the  old  laboratory  on  the  Yale  campus.  The  statue,  designed  by 
Professor  John  F.  Weir,  was  the  gift  of  numerous  friends  of  the 
college,  to  whom  Professor  Silliman's  memory  is  dear,  and  was  unveiled 
with  proper  ceremonies  at  Commencement,  1884. 

FARNAM  HALL.  —  Farnam  Hall,  the  gift  of  Mr.  Henry  Farnam, 
of  New  Haven,  was  the  first  building  erected  within  the  borders  of  the 


20  YALE  COLLEGE. 

college  campus  after  the  definite  adoption  of  the  plan  of  so  locating 
all  the  structures  in  future  built  for  the  Academical  Department  that 
they  should  eventually  form  a  quadrangle  enclosing  a  hollow  square. 
The  great  necessity  for  a  new  dormitory  or  dormitories  was  stated 
to  Mr.  Farnam,  a  friend  of  the  College,  who,  in  1864,  gave  a  large 
sum   to   be  used    in   filling    the    requirement.       A    few   years   later, 
August  2,  1869,  ground  was  broken  on  the  College  Street  side  of  the 
campus,  one  hundred  feet  from  Elm  Street,  on  or  in  the  vicinity  of  the 
site  formerly  occupied  by  the  house  built  years  before  for  the  Presi- 
dent.    This  house  was  built  in  1799  and  moved  away  in   1860.     The 
new  dormitory  was  completed  for  occupancy  at  the  opening  of  the 
college  year  in   1870.      Its  dimensions    are:     174  feet   long    by   37 
feet  wide,   exclusive   of   projections,   and  four  stories  high,  with  a 
slated  Mansard  roof,  from  which  rise  two  turrets  used  in  the  system 
of   ventilation.     The   entrances,  three   in   number,  face   the  campus, 
a  large  pierced  marble  slab,  supported  by  polished  granite   pillars, 
surmounting  each  entrance.    The  walls  are  of  brick,  trimmed  with 
Hudson    River   bluestone    and   Portland   freestone.      There   are   49 
studies  in  the  building,  the  great  majority  having  two  bed-rooms  each, 
those  without  these  appendages  being  nine  small  rooms  —  three  lead- 
ing from  each  section  of  the  building  —  in  and  forming  part  of  the 
projection  over  every  entrance.     Of  the  forty  double  studies,  sixteen 
face  College  Street  and  sixteen  the  campus,  each  study  having  a  bed- 
room on  either  side.     Of  the  remaining  eight  studies  there  are  four  at 
each  end  of  the  building,  each  study  facing  on  the  campus  and  having 
its  two  bedrooms  in  the  rear,  facing  on  College  Street.     Every  double 
study  has  a  very  large  convenient  closet,  and  every  study  in  the  build- 
ing is  supplied  with  steam-heat  and  gas,  while  water  is  conveyed  by 
pipes  to  several  floors.     A  portion  of  the  basement,  light  and  high,  is 
fitted  up  as  a  residence  for  the  janitor  or  sweep,  while  the  remainder 
is  used  as  a  shop  for  the  repair  of  gas  and  water  pipes  and  heating 
apparatus.     It  was  originally  intended  to  expend  about  $75,000  in  the 
construction  of  the  building,  but  when  finished  the  total  expense  was 


THE  ACADEMICAL  DEPARTMENT.  2i 

very  nearly  $127,000.  All  but  about  $54,000  of  this  amount  was  fur- 
nished by  Mr.  Farnam,  the  College  supplying  the  remainder.  Farnam, 
like  Durfee,  is  occupied  to  a  great  extent  by  seniors  and  juniors,  and 
though  the  studies  as  a  rule  are  not  so  expensively  furnished  as  those 
in  Durfee,  yet  many  of  them  are  finely  fitted  up  and  very  attractive. 

BATTELL  CHAPEL.— Battell  Chapel,  which  occupies  the  north- 
east angle  of  the  college  campus,  is  one  of  the  finest  church  edifices  in 
America,  and  perhaps  the  most  costly  and  elegant  college  chapel  in 
the  world.  It  forms  a  portion  of  the  Yale  quadrangle,  and  the  most 
satisfactory  exterior  view  of  it  is  obtained  from  a  point  on  the  north 
side  of  Elm  Street,  a  short  distance  below  College  Street,  whence  the 
structure  is  seen  in  all  its  grand  proportions.  It  was  erected  largely 
through  the  beneficence  of  Mr.  Joseph  Battell,  of  New  York,  from 
whom  it  takes  its  name,  and  is  the  third  chapel  erected  on  the  college 
campus  for  the  Academical  Department.  It  is  built  of  rough  brown 
New  Jersey  sandstone,  and  is  surrounded  by  an  arcade  of  Ohio  sand- 
stone, which  gives  it  a  light  and  graceful  appearance.  Two  massive 
stone  towers,  capped  with  spires  of  hewn  sandstone,  rise  from  the 
angles  at  the  west  end  of  the  building,  the  tower  facing  the  college 
campus  containing  a  most  excellent  clock :  the  standard  by  which  all 
exercises  in  the  Academical  Department  are  regulated.  This  clock  is 
connected  with  a  peal  of  bells,  on  which  it  strikes  the  hours  and 
the  quarters.  Its  single  face  is  of  hewn  stone,  the  hands  upon  which 
are  reached  from  a  stone  balcony  directly  beneath  it.  Five  large  doors 
furnish  ample  means  of  ingress  to  and  egress  from  the  chapel.  On 
the  Elm  Street  side  of  the  structure,  in  the  transept,  appears  a  beauti- 
ful rose  window,  on  one  side  of  which  is  a  stone  tablet  bearing  the 
arms  and  motto  of  the  State  of  Connecticut,  Qui  transtulit  sustinet, 
and  on  the  other  a  tablet  with  the  seal  and  motto  of  the  college,  Lux 
et  Veritas.  The  capitals  of  the  columns  supporting  the  arcade  were 
cut  by  hand  after  the  walls  were  built,  as  were  also  the  two  borders  of 
vine-leaves  in  the  light-colored  Ohio  sandstone.  The  interior  of  the 


22  YALE  COLLEGE. 

chapel  will  well  repay  a  visit,  and  the  most  appropriate  time  would  be 
the  regular  service  on  the  Sabbath,  which  is  held  at  10.30  A.M.,  or 
perhaps  better  on  any  week-day  morning  at  8.10,  for  it  is  at  this  hour 
that  prayers  are  held  and  an  opportunity  is  obtained  of  witnessing  this 
feature  of  college  life  and  all  the  peculiarities  attending  it,  while  at 
the  close  of  the  exercises  plenty  of  time  is  afforded  the  visitor  in  which 
to  examine  the  building.  He  will  observe  that  it  consists  of  a  nave, 
a  north  and  south  transept,  and  three  galleries,  one  at  the  end  of  each 
transept,  and  a  very  large  one  occupying  the  entire  west  end  of  the 
chapel.  The  woodwork  is  of  solid  oak,  elaborately  carved,  especially 
that  about  the  pulpit  and  choir,  where  the  floral  sculpture  is  abundant 
and  beautiful.  There  is  more  or  less  carved  work  on  every  pew  end 
and  arm  in  the  chapel.  Directly  back  of  the  pulpit,  in  the  apse,  stands 
the  organ,  the  larger  pipes  in  which  project  above  the  richly  carved 
oaken  screen.  The  banks  of  the  organ,  at  which  the  organist  sits  in 
playing,  are  in  the  choir,  immediately  in  front  of  the  pulpit,  the  mem- 
bers of  the  choir  occupying  seats  placed  at  right  angles  to  the  pulpit 
and  facing  the  organist's  position.  Above  the  woodwork  the  brick 
walls  appear  in  view  and  are  very  elaborately  and  richly  painted  and 
gilded.  The  beautiful  high  windows,  composed  of  English  pressed 
glass,  are  peculiarly  worthy  of  observation.  About  twenty  of  the 
number  are  already  used  as  memorial  windows.  A  fitting  memorial  of 
the  gentleman  for  whom  the  chapel  was  named,  Mr.  Battell,  and  of 
his  sister,  Mrs.  Irene  Lamed,  occupies  a  position  on  the  east  wall  of 
the  building,  to  the  right  of  the  pulpit  looking  from  the  pews.  It  is  in 
the  form  of  a  metallic  tablet,  the  inscription  on  which  is  in  Latin.  The 
auditorium  contains  sittings  for  about  eleven  hundred  persons,  the 
greater  portion  of  those  on  the  ground  floor  being  occupied  by 
students,  and  those  in  the  galleries  by  members  of  the  faculty  with 
their  families,  and  by  visitors,  who,  by  the  way,  are  always  welcome. 
The  building  was  completed  and  occupied  in  1876,  and  the  total  cost 
was  about  $200,000. 


THE  ACADEMICAL  DEPARTMENT.  23 

DURFEE  HALL.  —  Durfee  Hall,  so  called  in  honor  of  Mr.  B.  M.  C. 
Durfee,  of  Fall  River,  Mass.,  to  whom  Yale  is  indebted  for  this  struc- 
ture, is  generally  conceded  to  be  one  of  the  finest,  if  not  the  finest, 
college  dormitories  in  the  country.  It  is  built  of  New  Jersey  sandstone, 
like  that  used  in  the  construction  of  Battell  Chapel  and  the  Art  School. 
The  trimmings  are  light  Ohio  sandstone  and  Hudson  River  bluestone. 
Facing  on  the  campus,  it  is  parallel  with  and  a  few  feet  from  Elm  Street 
and  forms  an  important  portion  of  the  quadrangle,  its  eastern  end 
extending  to  within  a  few  feet  of  Battell  Chapel,  and  its  western  end 
quite  near  to  Alumni  Hall.  Its  length  is  181  feet,  and  its  breadth  38 
feet,  except  at  either  end,  where  its  breadth  is  40  feet.  Its  height  is 
four  stories,  with  a  very  sharp  roof,  covered  with  slate.  The  angles 
are  crowned  with  small  turrets,  and  the  general  appearance  of  the 
structure  is  grand,  and  pleasing  to  the  eye.  It  is  entered  by  five  door- 
ways, and  contains  40  parlors  or  studies,  each  study  having  connected 
with  it  two  bed-rooms  and  two  large  closets.  All  studies  face  on  the 
campus  and  all  the  bed-rooms  on  Elm  Street.  The  interior,  finished 
in  hard-pine,  is  high  posted,  well  ventilated  and  comfortable,  and  is 
furnished  with  water,  steam-heat  and  gas  throughout.  The  eastern 
end  of  the  basement  is  finished  off  into  a  dwelling  for  the  janitor,  01 
"  sweep,"  as  he  is  more  familiarly  called  by  the  students.  Many,  and 
in  fact  nearly  all  the  rooms  occupied  by  students  in  Durfee,  are  excel- 
lently, and  not  a  few  of  them  elegantly  furnished.  The  ornaments 
and  decorations  consist  to  a  considerable  extent,  as  they  do  in  all  the 
college  dormitories,  of  student  trophies  of  all  sorts,  from  the  pro- 
gramme of  the  last  entertainment  or  the  sign-board  of  an  innocent 
barber,  up  to  the  prizes  won  in  friendly  contests  with  the  members  of 
other  classes  or  of  other  colleges.  Oftentimes  the  walls  are  hung  with 
fine  pictures.  As  a  general  rule  the  library  of  a  room  consists  to  a 
great  extent  of  college  text-books.  Durfee  is  occupied  almost  wholly 
by  seniors  and  juniors,  the  classes  choosing  rooms  in  order  of  rank, 
commencing  with  the  seniors.  It  seldom  or  never  happens  that  the 
rooms  in  Durfee  are  not  all  taken  before  the  lower  classes  have  an 


24  TALE  COLLEGE. 

opportunity  to  choose.  The  rent  of  rooms  in  Durfee  is  higher  than 
that  in  any  other  dormitory,  occupants  of  the  best  rooms  paying  $220 
a  year.  The  total  cost  of  Durfee  was  about  $130,000. 

ALUMNI  HALL.  —  For  several  years  previous  to  1850  the  College 
felt  the  need  of  a  larger  hall  than  any  in  existence  on  the  campus 
at  that  time.  Accordingly  President  Woolsey  suggested  a  plan  for 
such  a  building  as  was  desired,  and  in  1851  ground  was  broken  for  the 
proposed  hall  in  the  north-west  angle  of  the  campus,  within  sixty  or 
seventy  feet  of  Elm  Street,  and  perhaps  half  as  far  from  High  Street. 
The  plan  provided  for  a  hall  occupying  the  entire  lower  floor,  while  the 
second  story  was  to  be  partitioned  into  two  halls,  one  for  the  Linonian 
Society  and  the  other  for  the  Brothers  Society.  This  plan  was  so  far 
modified  as  to  spare  room  in  the  centre  of  the  second  story  for  a  hall 
for  the  Calliopean  Society.  The  structure  was  completed  in  1853,  at  a 
cost  of  $27,000,  of  which  the  College  paid  $16,000,  Linonian  Society 
$5,800,  and  Brothers  Society  $5,500.  It  is  of  red  sandstone,  with 
walls  topped  out  in  battlements,  and  has  two  towers,  rising  to  a  height 
of  75  feet,  one  on  each  side  of  the  main  entrance,  which  faces  toward 
the  east.  Winding  staircases  within  the  towers  lead  to  the  society 
halls  above,  as  does  also  a  stairway  in  a  projection  in  the  rear,  directly 
opposite  the  main  entrance.  For  the  past  few  years  the  society  halls 
above  have  been  used  to  some  extent  by  the  college  musical  organ- 
izations and  by  debating  clubs;  and  candidates  for  entrance  to  college 
who  cannot  find  seats  below  are  examined  in  these  rooms.  These  halls 
were  at  one  time  well  fitted  up  by  the  societies.  The  hall  below  is  the 
largest  in  the  country,  having  an  occupied  floor  above  supported  only 
by  the  walls.  It  is  used  principally  as  a  place  for  the  examination  of 
candidates  for  admission  and  for  the  annual  examinations  of  the  vari- 
ous classes.  For  this  purpose  a  hundred  and  fifty  or  more  very  small 
tables  are  placed  about  the  room  in  such  a  way  that  no  two  are  within 
several  feet  of  each  other.  A  little  glass  inkstand  enclosed  in  a  block 


THE  ACADEMICAL  DEPARTMENT.  25 

of  cork  is  placed  on  each  table,  as  is  also  a  lot  of  writing  paper,  and 
the  candidates  for  examination  are  seated  one  at  each  table  about  the 
hall.  Officers  are  stationed  in  elevated  positions  in  various  places 
around  the  room,  and  a  printed  copy  of  a  list  of  questions  is  given 
each  student,  to  which  he  writes  answers  as  best  he  can.  Though 
very  few  of  the  thousands  that  have  entered  its  portals  for  examination 
have  done  so  without  fear  and  trembling  and  every  sort  of  evil  fore- 
boding, they  have  generally  confessed  on  passing  out  that  "  it  was  a 
pretty  square  paper,  after  all,"  the  printed  list  of  questions  going  by 
the  title  of  "  a  paper."  A  student  who  has  been  faithful  in  his  studies 
finds  very  little  trouble  in  passing  the  examinations,  while  one  who  has 
shirked,  and  goes  into  the  hall  trusting  to  good  fortune  to  carry  him 
through,  generally  retires  with  a  very  high  respect  for  the  ability  of  the 
Yale  faculty  to  unmask  him,  though  perhaps  disturbed  at  the  amount 
of  delving  he  must  do  before  he  can  hope  to  pass.  The  questions  on 
the  papers  are  placed  there  to  find  out  what  a  student  knows,  not  to  trip 
him  up;  and  that  policy  is  consistently  carried  out.  No  thoroughly 
prepared  student  need  have  any  fear  of  an  examination  at  Yale. 

But  Alumni  Hall  is  used  for  other  purposes  than  examinations; 
notably  as  a  dining-hall  at  Commencement  dinner,  on  which  occasions 
it  rarely  happens  that  there  are  not  several  of  the  leading  men  of  the 
country  present,  when  "  a  feast  of  reason  and  a  flow  of  soul "  is  sure 
to  follow  the  repast  of  meat  and  drink. 

During  the  spring  of  1881,  through  the  munificence  of  Mrs.  Henry 
Farnam,  of  New  Haven,  the  interior  of  Alumni  Hall  was  elegantly  im- 
proved. A  handsome  new  floor  was  laid,  wainscotting  was  placed  on  the 
walls  to  a  height  of  eight  feet,  the  ceiling  was  panelled,  a  small  gallery 
was  built  over  the  main  entrance,  and  a  platform  for  Commencement 
and  other  speakers  placed  directly  opposite.  The  whole  is  painted  in 
the  dark  shades  so  much  in  vogue,  and  new  stained-glass  windows 
complete  the  improvements  which  have  added  so  greatly  to  the  appear- 
ance of  the  hall. 


2  6  YALE  COLLEGE. 

STEAM-HEATING  WORKS.— Rising  a  few  feet  above  the  sur- 
face of  the  ground,  in  the  extreme  northwestern  angle  of  the  campus, 
near  Alumni  Hall,  is  a  very  modest-looking  hatchway  which  leads 
down  to  the  subterranean  boiler  rooms,  where  the  steam  is  generated 
which  heats  not  only  Durfee,  Farnam,  North,  North  Middle,  Battell 
Chapel,  Old  Chapel,  Treasury,  Library  and  the  Old  Laboratory,  but 
the  great  Peabody  Museum  as  well,  and  the  system  is  undergoing  con- 
stant extension.  The  steam  passes  through  iron  pipes,  properly 
encased  in  a  non-conductor  of  heat  and  buried  in  the  ground.  To 
those  interested  in  improved  mechanical  appliances,  and  in  proposed 
methods  of  heating  large  numbers  of  buildings  from  a  single  source, 
the  boiler  vault  is  worth  a  visit. 

SANITARY  ARRANGEMENTS. —  Also  concerning  mechanical  ap- 
pliances and  other  arrangements  for  the  health  and  comfort  of  the 
students,  it  may  be  stated  that  everything  on  the  campus  or  connected 
with  the  Academical  Department  in  the  line  of  sewers  and  plumbing 
is  a  triumph  of  sanitary  engineering.  The  present  system  was  put  in 
in  the  summer  of  1881,  at  an  expense  of  $10,000,  according  to  the 
plans  of  Colonel  George  E.  Waring,  and  under  the  direction  of  men 
approved  by  him. 

THE  TREASURY  .—The  Treasury  is  immediately  west  of  the  Old 
Chapel,  and  was  built  in  1832,  for  a  gallery  wherein  to  place  the 
historical  paintings  of  Colonel  Trumbull,  which  that  gentleman  had 
given  to  the  College  with  the  proviso  that  they  should  be  exhibited  for 
a  small  fee,  the  proceeds  to  be  used  in  aiding  indigent  students.  The 
material  in  the  building  is  brick  covered  with  brownish  stucco,  and  the 
length  is  65  feet  and  width  35  feet,  with  a  height  of  two  stories.  The 
second  story  served  its  purpose  as  an  art  gallery  until  1868,  when  the 
paintings  were  removed  to  the  beautiful  new  Art  Building.  Windows 
were  cut  through,  after  the  removal  of  the  pictures,  and  the  southern 
half  of  the  second  floor  is  now  used  for  the  treasury,  and  contains  a 


ATHENAEUM, 
(Page  13.) 


\PEL. 


LYCEUM. 
(Page  15.) 


BERZELIUS    HALL. 
(Page  41.) 


THE  ACADEMICAL  DEPARTMENT. 


27 


strong  vault,  appropriate  to  the  purpose,  while  the  northern  half  con- 
tains the  President's  office  and  room  in  which  the  academical  faculty 
holds  its  weekly  meetings.  For  years  the  room  beneath  the  president's 
office  was  used  as  a  store-room  for  mineralogical  specimens,  which 
have  since  been  removed  to  Peabody  Museum.  The  room  for  a  time 
served  as  a  zoological  laboratory.  The  room  under  the  eastern  portion 
of  the  treasurer's  office  is  occupied  by  students,  and  that  under  the 
western  portion  is  the  headquarters  of  the  superintendent  of  grounds 
and  buildings.  The  Treasury  appropriately  enough  has  a  massive, 
tomb-like  appearance,  for  beneath  it  were  buried  the  remains  of  Colonel 
and  Mrs.  Trumbull,  at  the  request  of  the  former  of  whom  they  were 
there  interred. 

THE  LIBRARY.  —  The  Library,  occupying  a  position  on  the 
High  Street  side  of  the  campus,  midway  between  Chapel  and  Elm 
streets,  was  completed  in  1846,  work  having  been  begun  upon  it  in 
1843.  For  years  previous  to  that  time  the  necessity  for  a  library  build- 
ing had  been  acknowledged,  and  this  feeling  at  length  resulted  in  a 
movement  toward  obtaining  the  necessary  funds.  Eighteen  thousand 
dollars  was  raised  by  subscription,  of  which  Professor  Salisbury  gave 
$6,000,  President  Woolsey  $3,000,  Rev.  Cortlandt  Van  Rensselaer 
$600,  and  President  Day,  Professor  Goodrich,  Henry  D.  A.  Ward,  and 
Hon.  Thomas  S.  Williams  $500  each.  The  total  cost  of  the  building 
was  $34,000.  It  is  of  brown  sandstone,  taken  from  the  Portland 
quarries,  and  has  a  frontage  of  151  feet,  from  the  extreme  northern  to 
the  extreme  southern  wall.  It  is  composed  of  a  main  hall  in  the 
centre,  which  is  connected  by  wings  with  smaller  halls  on  each  side. 
From  the  angles  of  the  main  hall  towers  rise  to  a  height  of  91  feet. 
The  interior  dimensions  of  this  hall  are  41  X  83  feet;  of  the  connect- 
ing wings,  26  X  40  feet;  and  of  the  side  halls,  20  X  56  feet.  The 
southern  hall  and  wing  are  used  for  storage  of  unbound  pamphlets, 
duplicates,  etc.,  the  main  hall  for  the  works  belonging  to  the  library 
proper;  the  northern  wing  for  an  entrance  to  the  main  hall  and  for  an 


28  YALE  COLLEGE. 

office  for  the  librarian  and  the  secretary,  and  the  northern  hall  for  the 
library  of  the  Linonian  and  the  Brothers  societies,  literary  organizations 
that  flourished  in  the  College  for  nearly  a  century,  each  of  which 
owned,  in  1870,  a  library  of  13,000  volumes.  In  1871  both  these 
libraries  were  placed  under  the  charge  of  the  college  library  commit- 
tee, were  consolidated,  and  now  form  a  department  of  the  college 
library,  though  kept  entirely  distinct  from  the  main  library,  the  card 
system  being  used  in  that,  while  the  catalogue  system  serves  in  the 
society  library,  which  is  more  generally  used  by  the  students  of  all 
departments  of  the  University  than  the  main  library  or  any  of  the 
professional  department  libraries,  containing  as  it  does  all  the  best 
current  literature  and  works  usually  called  for  in  a  public  library.  The 
library,  with  its  various  branches,  has  grown  with  wonderful  rapidity, 
and  now  contains,  inclusive  of  unbound  works,  about  200,000  volumes, 
the  main  library  containing,  exclusive  of  unbound  works,  about 
108,000  volumes,  Linonian  and  Brothers  library  about  24,000  vol- 
umes, and  the  libraries  of  the  professional  schools  about  23,000 
volumes.  The  visitor  to  the  main  library  will  find,  in  addition  to  the 
books,  many  curious  and  valuable  manuscripts,  inscriptions,  etc.,  not 
accessible  elsewhere;  also  Franklin's  clock,  Rector  Pierson's  chair, 
and  many  other  articles  of  interest.  At  various  points  in  the  main 
hall  are  busts  of  benefactors  of  the  College,  while  marble  tablets  on 
the  end  toward  the  campus  are  inscribed  with  the  names  of  the  princi- 
pal donors  to  the  library.  To  their  munificence  largely  is  due  the 
remarkable  increase  of  the  main  library  from  21,000  volumes  in  1850 
to  35,000  volumes  in  1860;  55,000  volumes  in  1870,  80,000  volumes  in 
1876,  and  108,000  volumes  in  1881.  It  is  open  daily  in  term  time 
from  9.30  A.M.  to  I  P.M.,  and  from  2.30  to  5  P.M.  (or  during  winter 
months,  to  4.30  P.M.)  Linonian  and  Brothers  is  open  daily  from  1.30 
to  2.30  P.M.;  on  Wednesdays  and  Saturdays  from  10  A.M.  to  12  M.,  and 
from  1.30  to  4  P.M.  Visitors  are  welcome.  When  leaving  the  building 
it  will  be  worth  while  to  observe  the  beautiful  class  ivies  growing  on 
the  extreme  northern  and  other  walls  of  the  structure,  planted  there 


THE  ACADEMICAL  DEPARTMENT.  29 

by  the  classes  at  graduation.  The  ivies  are  distinguished  by  the  class 
numeral  cut  in  the  stone  wall,  in  the  immediate  vicinity  of  the  vine,  a 
foot  or  two  above  the  ground.  Graduates  on  returning  to  the  scenes 
of  their  college  life  seldom  fail  to  visit  the  spot  where,  in  the  fast- 
gathering  shades  of  evening,  the  class  assembled  for  the  last  time  with 
unbroken  ranks  and  carefully  deposited  in  the  fostering  soil  the  final 
memento  of  happy  days  at  Yale. 

THE  READING-ROOM.— The  Philosophical  Building,  or  Read- 
ing-Room  as  it  is  more  familiarly  called,  occupies  a  position  about  a 
hundred  feet  in  the  rear  of  the  Lyceum.  It  is  two  stories  high,  with 
light  basement,  is  built  of  brick  covered  with  stucco  and  is  86  feet  long 
by  45  feet  broad.  Erected  in  1819  for  a  dining-hall  or  commons,  it 
continued  to  serve  that  purpose  until  the  abolition  of  a  college  com- 
mons in  1843.  While  it  was  used  for  commons  the  cooking  department 
was  in  the  basement  and  the  dining-room  occupied  the  first  floor;  the 
second  floor  served  as  a  mineralogical  cabinet.  After  1843,  f°r  many 
years  the  first  floor  was  taken  up  by  the  "philosophical  chamber," 
which  still  occupies  the  entire  southern  half  of  this  story,  and  by  two 
sophomore  recitation  rooms.  At  present  the  northeastern  portion  of 
this  floor  is  used  as  a  junior  recitation  room,  and  the  northwestern 
portion  as  a  repository  for  physical  apparatus.  When  the  northern 
wing  of  Peabody  Museum  was  completed,  the  mineralogical  cabinet 
was  transferred  to  that  building  and  the  entire  second  floor  of  the 
Philosophical  Building  is  now  occupied  by  the  Reading-Room.  It  is 
by  long  odds  the  best  equipped  college  reading-room  in  America, 
containing  all  the  most  prominent  dailies,  weeklies  and  periodicals, 
American  and  foreign.  Duplicate  copies  of  metropolitan  papers 
are  always  on  the  files.  Numerous  windows  on  each  of  the  four  sides 
of  the  building  afford  an  abundance  of  light,  the  room  is  high-posted 
and  airy,  the  walls  are  adorned  with  steel  engravings,  and  everything 
combines  to  make  it  one  of  the  most  agreeable  institutions  of  the 
College.  Visitors  will  derive  much  pleasure  from  an  inspection  of  it. 


30  YALE  COLLEGE. 

The  room  is  open   on  week-days   from  9.30  A.M.  to  8  P.M.,  and   on 
Sundays  from  I  P.M.  to  8  P.M. 

LAWRENCE  HALL.  —  For  some  years  the  college  has  greatly 
needed  additional  dormitories,  and  at  the  annual  meeting  of  the 
alumni,  in  1883,  it  was  announced  that  the  corporation  had  appointed 
a  committee  to  present  a  plan  for  a  building  of  that  class.  But  there 
were  no  funds.  A  few  months  after  that  time,  however,  Mr.  and  Mrs. 
William  C.  Lawrence  of  New  York,  made  a  spontaneous  gift  of 
$50,000  for  that  purpose.  The  building  is  designed  by  them  as  a 
memorial  of  their  son,  Thomas  Garner  Lawrence,  a  member  of  the 
class  of  1884,  whose  lamented  death  occurred  in  New  Haven  soon 
after  the  beginning  of  his  senior  year.  The  plan  contemplates  rooms 
for  about  eighty  of  the  two  hundred  and  fifty  students  who  have 
hitherto  been  unable  to  find  lodgings  in  the  college. 

LABORATORY.  —  The  Chemical  and  Physical  Laboratory,  standing 
back  of  the  Athenseum,  is  the  most  ancient  building  of  any  on  the 
campus,  with  the  exception  of  South  Middle  and  the  Athenaeum. 
It  is  of  brick,  painted  dingy  white,  and  is  90  feet  long,  30  feet  wide, 
and  a  story  and  a  half  high.  It  was  originally  intended  for  a  dining- 
hall  and  kitchen  for  the  students,  and  was  used  for  that  purpose  until 
1819,  when  the  dining-room  was  removed  to  the  new  building  erected 
for  the  purpose,  and  now  known  as  the  Reading-Room  or  Philosophi- 
cal Building,  standing  between  the  Laboratory  and  the  Treasury. 
Since  1819  the  Laboratory  has  been  used  for  what  its  present  name 
indicates.  It  contains  a  large  lecture-room,  with  seats  in  tiers,  and 
will  comfortably  accommodate  one  hundred  or  more  persons.  The 
north-western  portion  of  the  edifice  is  an  addition  to  the  original 
building,  and  contains  an  office,  store-room,  chemical  and  physical 
apparatus,  etc.  For  a  time  the  northeastern  portion  was  occupied  as 
a  residence  by  the  janitor  of  one  of  the  buildings.  It  is  restricted  to 
the  use  of  the  Chemical  Department  since  the  completion  of  the  beau- 


THE  ACADEMICAL  DEPARTMENT.  31 

tiful  new  laboratory  promised  on  behalf  of  two  friends  of  the  College  at 
the  annual  alumni  dinner  in  iSSi.  Still  it  will  long  be  remembered  as 
the  spot  where  the  world-renowed  Professor  Silliman  performed  his 
works  for  the  benefit  of  science,  and  made  a  number  of  his  most 
celebrated  experiments.  Though  the  building  is  in  its  external  appear- 
ance the  most  unattractive  of  any  on  the  grounds,  it  nevertheless 
"  in  its  time  has  been,"  as  the  Yale  Book  says,  "  one  of  the  most 
important  centres  of  chemical  science  in  America,  and  the  scene  of 
a  great  educational  work.  A  long  list  could  be  made  of  eminent 
instructors  and  investigators  in  science,  who  received  their  first 
impulses  toward  a  scientific  career,  and  in  many  instances  a  large 
share  of  their  professional  training,  within  its  walls." 

The  handsome  great  building  of  sandstone,  just  west  of  the  Labora- 
tory, is  the  Yale  School  of  the  Fine  Arts,  a  description  of  which 
appears  on  page  52. 

STATUE  OF  RECTOR  PIERSON.  — The  bronze  statue  a  short 
distance  south  of  the  Old  Laboratory  is  that  of  Abraham  Pierson,  the 
first  President  of  Yale  College,  and  was  erected  with  appropriate 
ceremonies  at  Commencement  in  1874.  It  was  designed  by  Launt 
Thompson,  and  presented  to  the  college  by  Mr.  Charles  Morgan  of 
New  York.  On  the  front  of  the  granite  pedestal  upon  which  the 
statue  rests  are  inscribed,  in  Latin,  the  name  and  date  of  office  of 
Rector  Pierson,  while  on  the  reverse,  also  in  Latin,  appear  the  name 
and  residence  of  the  donor  of  the  statue,  with  the  date  of  erection  of 
the  same.  As  the  artist  had  no  likeness  of  Rector  Pierson  from  which 
to  work,  the  features  in  the  statue  are  almost  wholly  ideal,  though  some 
assistance  was  secured  from  portraits  of  members  of  the  Pierson  family. 
The  statue  represents  the  Rector  clad  in  the  dress  of  two  hundred 
years  ago,  the  robe  of  office  falling  in  graceful  folds  from  the  shoul- 
ders to  the  feet.  The  left  hand  rests  easily  at  the  side,  while  the  right 
clasps  a  book  to  the  breast.  A  firm,  determined,  yet  kindly  look,  is 
borne  upon  the  features,  which  are  directed  straight  ahead,  as  though 


3  2  YALE  COLLEGE. 

forecasting  the  mighty  power  of  the  future  University  for  all  that  is*» 
loftiest  and  best  in  the  education  of  mankind. 

SKULL  AND  BONES  HALL.— Skull  and  Bones  Hall  on  High 
Street,  directly  opposite  the  northwestern  wing  of  the  Art  School,  is  a 
plain,  massive-looking  structure  of  brown  sandstone,  standing  in  the 
centre  of  a  lot  held  in  trust  for  the  society  occupying  the  building. 
To  the  gaze  of  the  observer  the  edifice  seems  to  be  entirely  cut  off  from 
light  as  far  as  the  interior  is  concerned,  inasmuch  as  there  are  no1 
windows  to  be  seen,  and  the  doors,  made  of  iron,  are  ponderous  and 
close-fitting,  affording  no  opportunity  for  light  to  penetrate  in  that 
direction,  while  a  luxuriant  Virginia  creeper  covers  with  its  dense  foli- 
age the  entire  front  of  the  hall,  scarcely  excepting  the  massive  doors. 
The  hall  was  erected  in  1856,  and  has  a  front  of  33  feet  and  a  depth 
of  44  feet,  and  is  in  the  neighborhood  of  30  feet  in  height.  Ventilators 
and  chimneys  rise  from  the  edge  of  the  roof,  which  is  covered  with 
plates  of  iron  half  an  inch  in  thickness.  Two  blind  windows  in  the 
rear  of  the  building  are  very  firmly  barred,  as  are  also  the  scuttle- 
holes  just  above  the  foundation,  everything  about  the  structure  present- 
ing the  appearance  of  strength  and  solidity.  It  is  occupied  by  the 
famous  senior  society  known  as  Skull  and  Bones.  This  association 
was  organized  in  1832  b^  fifteen  members  of  the  class  of  1833,  one  of 
whom  is  now  Ex- Attorney  General  Taft.  Fifteen  members  are  elected 
from  every  senior  class,  the  elections  being  given  out  a  short  time 
previous  to  Commencement  in  junior  year.  Early  evening  is  the  time 
chosen  for  notifying  of  their  election  the  men  that  have  been  chosen, 
and  several  hundred  students,  and  ladies  with  their  escorts,  always 
gather  on  the  campus,  between  North  College  and  Durfee,  to  witness 
the  ceremony.  The  members  proceed  from  the  hall  one  at  a  time, 
search  among  the  students  for  the  ones  elected,  and  on  finding  them 
touch  them  on  the  shoulder  and  ask  them  to  go  to  their  rooms,  whither 
they  are  followed  and  given  a  formal  offer  of  election,  which  is  practi- 
cally always  accepted.  Those  of  the  men  elected  who  are  popular 


THE  ACADEMICAL  DEPARTMENT.  33 

among  their  associates  are  heartily  cheered  and  congratulated  by  their 
classmates  and  friends,  as  an  election  to  the  society  is  looked  upon  as 
one  of  the  greatest  student  honors  in  the  entire  course.  As  a  rule,  of  the 
fifteen  members  chosen,  two  are  editors  of  the  Yale  Literary  Magazine, 
one  or  two  are  chosen  from  each  of  the  three  great  athletic  interests — 
base-ball,  foot-ball  and  boating — one  from  the  staff  of  each  of  the 
Yale  newspapers,  one  or  more  for  high  scholarship,  and  so  on,  the 
intention  being,  apparently,  to  secure  representative  men  from  all  the 
leading  student  interests  in  the  class.  The  society  has  on  its  roll  the 
names  of  some  of  the  ablest  men  in  the  country,  including  Hon. 
Alphonzo  Taft,  and  Hon.  William  M.  Evarts. 

THE  SLOANE  PHYSICAL  LABORATORY.— The  Sloane  Physi- 
cal Laboratory  on  the  south  side  of  Library  Street,  directly  opposite 
the  Gymnasium,  was  completed  early  in  1884,  and  is  a  beautiful  large 
brick  building  of  the  style  of  the  German  renaissance.  A  large,,  tall 
octagonal  tower,  modeled  after  that  of  the  Town  Hall  at  Altenburg, 
and  provided  with  an  iron  balcony  near  the  top,  rises  from  the  angle 
formed  by  the  two  wings.  The  entrance  is  through  the  lower  part  of 
this  tower  and  leads  to  what  is  undoubtedly  the  most  elegant  and 
thoroughly  appointed  physical  laboratory  in  the  United  States.  The 
wing  facing  on  Library  Street  is  taken  up  largely  with  recitation  and 
lecture  rooms.  To  the  left  of  the  entrance,  in  the  south  wing,  is  a 
beautiful  lecture  room,  high,  light  and  commodious,  and  capable  of 
accommodating  a  large  class.  The  lecturer's  table  is  built  with  especial 
reference  to  practical  illustrations  of  the  subject  taught,  and  every- 
thing is  at  hand  for  convenience  in  making  experiments.  The  portion 
of  the  building  west  of  this  lecture  hall,  is  filled  with  apparatus  rooms 
and  laboratories  provided  with  ample  facilities  for  practical  work,  as 
well  as  for  original  investigation  in  the  department  of  science  to  which 
the  building  is  devoted.  Yale  is  indebted  for  this  laboratory  to  the 
munificence  of  Mr.  Henry  T.  Sloane  of  the  class  of  1866  and  Mr. 
Thomas  C.  Sloane  of  the  class  of  1868.  The  building  was  finished 


34  „         TALE  COLLEGE. 

and  occupied  early  in  1884,  and  is  in  complete  accord  with  the  sug- 
gestions and  ideas  of  Professor  A.  W.  Wright.  Previous  to  the 
erection  of  the  Sloane  Laboratory  the  department  had  been  obliged 
to  content  itself  with  what  is  now  known  among  the  students  as  the 
"  Old  Lab,"  and  none  can  better  appreciate  the  Sloane  Laboratory 
than  Professor  Wright  and  the  thousands  of  graduates  who,  in  years 
gone  by,  were  familiar  with  its  ancient  predecessor. 

THE  GYMNASIUM.  —  Standing  on  Library  Street,  a  little  west  of 
High,  is  a  plain  brick  structure,  100  feet  long  by  50  wide,  and  two 
stories  high,  with  well-lighted  basement  extending  under  the  entire 
structure.  This  building  is  the  Gymnasium.  The  principal  room,  on 
the  first  floor,  contains  horizontal  bars,  ladders,  trapezes,  spring-boards, 
lifting-machines,  weights,  dumb-bells,  etc.,  etc.,  while  the  basement 
contains  the  bath-rooms,  heatmg  apparatus,  bowling-alleys,  hydraulic 
rowing-machines  (for  the  University  crew),  and  a  wire-enclosed  room 
for  base-ball  practice. 

DELTA  KAPPA  EPSILON  HALL. — The  Delta  Kappa  Epsil on 
Hall  occupies  a  lot  of  land  on  the  eastern  side  of  York  Street,  a  few 
steps  south  of  Elm  Street.  It  has  a  frontage  of  24  feet  6  inches,  and 
a  depth  of  45  feet,  with  a  height  of  something  over  30  feet.  The 
building  is  of  brick,  and  was  erected  for  solidity  and  strength  rather 
than  beauty,  apparently,  as  there  are  few  attempts  at  ornamentation.  A 
slab  of  brown  sandstone  above  the  entrance  has  carved  into  its  surface 
the  letters  4.  K.  £".,  and  the  chapter  letter  *.  is  located  just  above  the 
door.  The  hall  \vas  erected  in  1861,  and  is  valued  probably  at  from 
$S,ooo  to  $10,000.  The  society  to  which  it  belongs  is  controlled  by 
juniors  exclusively.  Meetings  are  held  on  Tuesday  evenings,  when,  so 
Dame  Rumor  has  it, —  for  the  proceedings  in  all  the  society  halls  at  Yale 
are  secret  —  literary  exercises  occur  and  a  lunch  is  partaken  of.  Once 
in  every  term,  quite  an  elaborate  programme  is  prepared,  including  one 
or  two  short  plays,  speeches,  etc.,  full  of  jokes  concerning  college 


FARNAM    HALL. 
(Page  19.) 


DURFEE    HALL. 
(Page  23.) 


THE  ACADEMICAL  DEPAETMENT.  35 

affairs  of  every  sort.  This  is  no  secret,  as  copies  of  the  printed  pro- 
grammes are  exhibited  at  the  members'  rooms,  without  any  attempt  at 
concealment.  An  unusually  good  supper  accompanies  such  occasions. 
As  to  the  interior  construction  of  the  society  halls  at  Yale,  there  is  of 
course  nothing  known  about  it  except  what  parties  who  saw  the  vari- 
ous buildings  while  in  course  of  construction  say,  which  is,  that  these 
edifices  are  divided  into  an  upper  and  a  lower  hall  —  the  upper  hall 
being  used,  it  is,  supposed,  as  a  theatre,  and  the  lower  one  as  a  place 
for  holding  meetings.  d.  K.  E.  like  its  rival,  Psi  Upsilon,  chooses 
about  forty  members  from  each  junior  class  and  gives  out  its  elections 
in  precisely  the  way  stated  in  the  article  describing  W.  Y.  hall.  The 
Yale  chapter  of  ^/.  K.  E.t  which  is  the  parent  chapter  of  the  fraternity, 
was  organized  in  1844.  Charlton  T.  Lewis,  Gen.  J.  W.  Swayne,  Brig.- 
Gen.  J.  T.  Croxton  and  Professor  Cyrus  Northrop  are  among  the  dis- 
tinguished gentlemen  whose  names  are  enrolled  on  the  list  of  members 
of  the  Yale  chapter. 

Going  a  few  steps  north  of  d.  K.  E.  Hall  and  turning  down  Elm 
Street,  the  very  tall  brick  structure  seen  on  the  right  hand  side  of  the 
street,  one  block  below  York  Street,  is  Peabody  Museum,  a  description 
of  which  is  given  on  page  58. 

Psi  UPSILON  HALL.  — The  Psi  Upsilon  Hall,  on  the  western 
side  of  High  Street;  a  short  distance  from  Elm,  was  completed  in 
1870.  It  has  a  front  of  26  feet,  a  depth  of  66  feet,  and  is  something 
over  thirty  feet  high.  The  material  of  the  walls  is  brick,  ornamented 
with  freestone  trimmings,  the  latter  including  the  projection  at  the 
entrance  and  the  sill  and  cap  of  the  window  in  the  centre  of  the  sec- 
ond story  front.  A  Mansard  roof,  under  which  is  a  handsome  cornice, 
and  above  which  is  an  ornamental  railing  of  iron,  adorns  the  front  of 
the  edifice  and  gives  it  a  light,  tasteful  appearance.  Three  bands  of 
dark-colored  tiles  —  one  just  above  the  foundation,  the  next  at  the 
beginning  of  the  second  story,  and  the  third  directly  beneath  the 
cornice  —  add  to  the  beauty  of  the  pressed-brick  front.  The  freestone 


3  6  YALE  COLLEGE. 

slab  above  the  doors,  which  are  of  oak,  bears  in  relief  the  Greek 
letters  2//.  F.,  while  the  keystone  above  the  window  over  the  entrance 
bears  in  relief  the  Greek  letter  B,  indicating  that  the  hall  is  owned  by 
the  Beta  chapter  of  the  fraternity.  Psi  Upsilon  at  Yale  is  a  junior 
society,  and  about  forty  members  of  every  junior  class  are  elected  to 
membership  in  the  organization.  Meetings  are  held  on  the  Tuesday 
evenings  in  term  time,  and  the  elections  are  given  out  two  or  three 
weeks  before  Commencement.  On  that  occasion  the  members  form  in 
line,  two  deep,  and,  preceded  by  a  calcium  light  borne  on  a  wooden 
frame  by  four  members  of  the  society,  march  around  to  and  visit  various 
rooms,  in  each  of  which  a  certain  number  of  men  pledged  to  join  the 
society  are  awaiting  their  coming.  The  procession  files  through  the 
room,  each  member  shaking  hands  with  each  candidate,  and  receiving, 
on  marching  out  again,  two  or  three  fine  cigars,  presented  by  the 
newly-elected  members.  The  other  junior  society,  4.  K.  £".,  is  always 
out  on  the  same  mission,  under  precisely  similar  circumstances.  Acci- 
dent or  design,  or  both,  always  cause  the  two  processions  to  pass  each 
other  several  times  during  the  evening,  and  each,  singing  its  own 
society  song,  attempts  to  the  best  of  its  ability  to  drown  the  voices  of 
the  other.  It  is  always  done  with  the  utmost  good  nature,  and  both  sides 
enjoy  it  heartily,  as  do  also  the  numerous  spectators.  The  hall  of  Psi 
Upsilon  was  planned  by  Mr.  David  R.  Brown,  and  cost  about  $15,000. 
Among  the  prominent  gentlemen  who  have  been  members  of  the  *P.  F. 
at  Yale  are  Rev.  H.  M.  Dexter,  Henry  Stevens,  F.  S.  A.,  ex-Senator 
O.  S.  Ferry,  President  White  of  Cornell,  Chauncey  M.  Depew,  and 
Eugene  Schuyler.  The  Yale  chapter  was  organized  in  1838. 

Continuing  his  walk  along  High  Street  to  Wall  Street,  and  passing 
down  the  latter  thoroughfare  to  College  Street,  the  visitor  will  observe 
on  the  northwest  corner  the  structure  known  as  Scroll  and  Key  Hall. 
The  square,  brick  school-house  on  the  northwest  corner  of  High  and 
Wall  streets,  which  the  visitor  passes  en  route  to  Scroll  and  Key  Hall, 
is  the  Hopkins  Grammar  School,  described  elsewhere  in  the  portion  of 
the  book  concerning  New  Haven. 


THE  ACADEMICAL  DEPARTMENT.  37 

SCROLL  AND  KEY  HALL.  —  Scroll  and  Key  Hall,  on  the  north- 
west corner  of  College  and  Wall  streets,  is  among  the  handsomest, 
most  tasteful  and  costly  college-society  buildings  in  America.  Stand- 
ing in  the  centre  of  a  lot  48  by  92  feet,  the  edifice  has  a  front  of 
36  feet,  and  a  depth  of  55  feet,  with  a  height  of  about  35  feet.  It  is 
built  of  yellow  Cleveland  stone,  ornamented  with  dark  blue  marble. 
Four  marble-capped  pillars  of  Aberdeen  granite  sustain  three  arches 
on  the  front  of,  and  above  the  entrance  to,  the  structure.  Within  each 
arch  is  a  window-shaped  opening,  through  apertures  in  which  ventila- 
tion is  secured.  Five  similar,  though  not  projecting  arches,  each 
enclosing  the  window-like  opening  just  described,  adorn  either  side  of 
the  hall,  these  greater  arches  surmounting  five  smaller  ones  located 
just  above  the  surface  of  the  ground.  The  entrance,  approached  from 
either  side  by  a  flight  of  Cleveland-stone  steps,  is  protected  by  a  pair 
of  massive  iron  doors,  made  to  look  lighter  than  they  really  are  by 
iron  lattice-work.  Stone  pillars  surmount  the  walls,  and  slabs  of 
stone,  each  perforated  with  star-shaped  orifices,  fill  the  spaces  between 
these  pillars,  thus  forming  a  coping  which  entirely  conceals  the  chimneys, 
ventilators,  etc.,  from  view.  A  handsome  iron  fence,  having  stone 
posts  at  the  angles  and  at  either  side  of  the  gate,  separates  the  lot,  on 
which  the  hall  stands,  from  the  highway.  The  entire  property  must  be 
worth  at  least  $50,000.  The  architect  was  Mr.  Richard  M.  Hunt,  of 
New  York.  Scroll  and  Key,  like  Skull  and  Bones,  is  a  senior  society, 
and  as  far  as  can  be  seen  by  the  public,  is  very  similar  to  it,  each 
choosing  fifteen  members  from  every  senior  class,  each  giving  out  its 
elections  in  the  same  way,  each  holding  its  regular  meetings  on  the 
same  evening  —  Thursday  —  and  each  striving  to  secure  the  leading 
men  in  the  class.  Scroll  and  Key  was  organized  in  1841  by  mem- 
bers of  the  class  of  1842,  among  whom  was  John  A.  Porter.  Its  list 
contains  the  names  of  quite  a  number  of  gentlemen  well  known  to  the 
public,  including  Charlton  T.  Lewis  and  Mason  Young,  Esq.  • 


3 8  YALE  COLLEGE. 


THE  SCIENTIFIC  DEPARTMENT, 


SKETCH  OF  ITS  HISTORY.  — At  the  northern  extremity  of  Col- 
lege Street,  just  one  block  from  Scroll  and  Key  Hall,  and  a  few 
minutes'  walk  from  the  grounds  of  the  Academical  Department,  is 
located  the  world-renowned  Sheffield  Scientific  School.  The  Scientific 
Department  of  Yale  College  had  its  origin  in  1846,  when  the  college 
corporation  voted  to  establish  a  professorship  in  agricultural  chemistry 
and  one  in  analytical  chemistry.  In  1847  tne  actual  work  of  the 
department  began.  The  residence  on  the  campus  formerly  occupied 
by  the  President,  and  standing  on  the  site  now  occupied  by  Farnam 
Hall,  was  fitted  up  for  a  laboratory,  and  the  professors  began  their 
duties,  with  few  students  and  less  money.  Eight  was  the  exact  number 
of  students.  Messrs,  John  Pitkin  Norton  and  Benjamin  Silliman,  Jr., 
were  the  first  professors.  In  1849  Professor  Silliman  accepted  a 
position  elsewhere,  and  for  a  time  Professor  Norton  carried  on  the 
work  alone.  His  intense  zeal  for  science  and  for  the  department 
founded  upon  it  brought  him  to  a  premature  death,  in  1852.  He  had 
demonstrated  the  value  of  such  a  school,  however,  and  from  that  moment 
the  department  became  a  recognized  advantage  to  the  University. 
For  several  years  the  struggle  for  absolutely  necessary  funds  was  a 
severe  one,  and  it  was  not  until  1859  that  relief  came,  when  Mr.  Joseph 
E.  Sheffield,  who  had  become  acquainted  with  the  workings  of  the 
department  through  his  son-in-law,  Professor  John  A.  Porter,  purchased 
the  building  at  the  northern  end  of  College  Street,  formerly  used  by  the 
Medical  Department,  and  presented  it  to  the  Scientific  Department, 


THE  SCIENTIFIC  DEPARTMENT. 


39 


first  having  thoroughly  repaired,  refitted  and  enlarged  the  structure, 
which  is  now  known  as  Sheffield  Hall.  The  departments  of  Analytical 
and  Agricultural  Chemistry  and  of  Civil  Engineering,  which  latter,  by 
the  way,  had  been  established  in  1852,  moved  into  the  new  quarters  in 
1860;  and  at  the  Commencement  of  1861  the  corporation  gave  to  these 
combined  departments  the  name  of  the  Sheffield  Scientific  School,  out 
of  gratitude  to  the  generosity  of  its  benefactor  who,  not  content  with 
presenting  a  building,  had  given  $50,000  for  the  endowment  of  pro- 
fessorships. In  1861  the  system  of  entrance  examinations  went  into 
effect,  and  in  the  same  year  the  time  for  completing  the  course  was 
lengthened  from  two  years  to  three.  In  1863  this  department  was 
made  to  embrace  the  Connecticut  Agricultural  College,  which  gave  it 
the  income  of  $135,000,  and  aided  it  exceedingly.  Professorships 
have  been  added  to  this  department  one  by  one,  and  its  faculty 
now  numbers  no  less  than  twenty-five  professors  and  instructors,  while 
its  list  of  students  has  increased  from  about  twenty  in  1861,  and 
seventy-five  in  1871,  to  over  two  hundred  in  1881.  These  figures  indi- 
cate more  forcibly  and  plainly  than  words  can  the  great  success  of  the 
Sheffield  Scientific  School.  It  has  advantages  possessed  by  no  simi- 
lar institution  in  the  world,  its  wide-spread  influence  and  renown  and 
the  great  number  applying  for  instruction  at  the  suggestion  of  the  most 
eminent  practical  men,  being  sufficient  guarantee  of  the  truth  of  this 
statement.  Its  graduates  are  in  great  demand  —  in  fact,  the  degree  or 
certificate  issued  is  recognized  among  scientific  men  everywhere  as  a 
sufficient  guarantee  of  the  ability  of  the  graduate  to  perform  any  duty 
for  which  the  certificate  states  that  he  is  fitted.  Never  before  has  so 
proud  a  reputation  been  won  in  so  short  a  time  as  that  on  all  sides 
conceded  to  the  Sheffield  Scientific  School  of  Yale  University. 

The  entrance  examination  in  the  Scientific  Department  comprises 
the  following  subjects : — 

English,  including  grammar,  spelling  and  composition. 

History  of  the  United  States. 

Geography. 


40  TALE  COLLEGE. 

Latin  —  Six  books  of  Caesar's  Commentaries. 

Arithmetic,  including  the  metric  system. 

Algebra  —  Up  to  the  general  theory  of  equations. 

Geometry  —  Plane,  solid  and  spherical  —  equivalent  to  the  nine 
books  in  Chauvenet's  Treatise. 

Trigonometry  —  so  much  as  is  contained  in  Richards's  or  Wheeler's 
Plane  Trigonometry. 

SHEFFIELD  HALL.— Sheffield  Hall,  the  first  building  owned  by 
the  Scientific  Department,  stands  on  the  corner  of  Grove  and  Prospect 
streets,  and  was  formerly  occupied  by  the  Medical  Department.  Pre- 
vious to  that  time  it  was  a  hotel.  It  originally  consisted  of  a  three- 
story,  stone  building,  stuccoed,  and  was  53  feet  square.  After  Mr. 
Sheffield  purchased  the  structure  for  the  Scientific  School,  in  1859,  he 
caused  a  wing  to  be  added  to  each  side  of  it,  "  that  on  the  west  for 
chemical  laboratories,  and  that  on  the  east  for  engineering  and  metal- 
lurgy." To  accommodate  the  increased  number  of  students,  Mr.  Shef- 
field again,  in  1865,  "  enlarged  it,  and  made  changes.  An  addition 
three  stories  high,  filling  the  rear  court  and  extending  beyond  it,  was 
built,  containing  an  additional  chemical  laboratory,  lecture-room  and  a 
library  room.  A  projecting  observatory-tower  was  put  on  in  front, 
about  ninety  feet  high,  containing  a  public  clock,  and  surmounted  by  a 
revolving  turret  containing  a  large  telescope  equatorially  mounted. 
Another  and  lower  projecting  tower,  with  massive  interior  pier,  was 
added  at  the  northwest  corner,  containing  a  large  meridian  circle.  As 
it  now  stands,  the  building  has  an  extreme  length  of  1 1 7  feet  and  a 
depth  of  1 1 2  feet,  the  whole  representing  a  series  of  adaptations  and 
growths."  It  is  chiefly  used  for  chemical  laboratories,  though  it  con- 
tains the  library,  map-room,  a  number  of  lecture-rooms,  etc.  The  first 
floor  of  the  eastern  wing  is  taken  up  by  the  Connecticut  Agriculture 
Experiment  Station,  where  is  located  the  necessary  apparatus  for 
making  the  various  tests  and  experiments  connected  with  the  service 
of  scientific  farming. 


THE  SCIENTIFIC  DEPARTMENT.  41 

NORTH  SHEFFIELD  HALL.— North  Sheffield  Hall  occupies  the 

lot  on  Prospect  Street,  a  short  distance  north  of  Sheffield  Hall.  Like 
Sheffield  Hall,  it  was  given  to  the  department  by  its  great  benefactor, 
Mr.  Joseph  E.  Sheffield,  and  was  planned  by  members  of  the  faculty 
selected  by  Mr.  Sheffield  for  the  purpose.  It  is  built  of  brick,  with 
brown-stone  foundation  and  blue-stone  trimmings.  The  walls  are  in- 
laid with  white  and  blue  bricks  disposed  in  tasteful  patterns,  bands  of 
these  patterns  running  around  the  entire  building,  the  first  band  just 
above  the  sill  of  the  windows  in  the  first  story  and  the  next  near  the 
top  of  the  second-story  windows,  while  several  bands  encircle  the  third 
story.  The  roof  of  the  building  is  flat.  A  handsome  portico  over  the 
front  entrance  is  supported  by  stone  pillars  surmounted  by  beautifully- 
wrought  capitals.  The  exterior  dimensions  of  the  building  are  84  X 
76  feet,  and  it  is  practically  five  stories  high,  the  basement  being 
entirely  above  ground  and  finely  lighted.  The  interior  is  excellently 
finished  and  contains  recitation  rooms,  lecture  rooms,  and  work-shop, 
with  all  apparatus  belonging  and  pertaining  to  drawing,  civil  and 
dynamical  engineering,  physics,  and  botany.  North  Sheffield  Hall  is 
one  of  the  most  thoroughly  built,  convenient  and  attractive  buildings 
in  the  University,  and  has  no  superior  anywhere  for  the  purpose  for 
which  it  was  built.  Its  cost  was  about  $100,000.  The  architect  was 
Mr.  J.  C.  Cady,  of  New  York. 

BERZELIUS  HALL. —  Berzelius  Hall,  the  only  structure  thus  far 
built  exclusively  for  a  secret  society  connected  with  the  Scientific 
Department,  is  on  the  westerly  side  of  Prospect  Street,  a  short  dis- 
tance north  of  the  New  Haven  and  Northampton  Railroad.  It  is 
very  peculiar  in  appearance,  having  a  front  composed  of  bricks  of 
light  shades,  disposed  in  a  massive  arch  over  the  entrance,  a  series  of 
small  supporting  arches  at  the  point  of  union  of  the  first  and  second 
stories,  three  window-shaped  arches  in  the  second  story,  and  a  heavy 
cornice  at  the  top.  The  massive  doors  of  oak,  with  grotesque 
fastenings,  accord  excellently  with  the  appearance  of  strength  stamped 


42  YALE  COLLEGE. 

on  every  portion  of  the  building.  The  side  and  rear  walls  are  solidly 
built  of  red  brick,  and  afford  little  or  no  encouragement  to  any  one  who 
might  feel  disposed  to  gain  unlawful  admittance  to  the  interior  of  the 
edifice.  The  society  to  which  the  hall  belongs  is  as  old  as  the  Scien- 
tific Department  itself,  having  been  organized  in  1848.  Its  active 
members  are  men  chosen  from  the  senior  and  junior  classeSj  and  vary 
in  number  from  year  to  year;  but  the  average  membership  is  about 
twelve.  The  hall  was  completed  in  1876  at  a  cost  of  about  $9,000. 

THIRD  SENIOR  SOCIETY  HALL.  — In  this  immediate  vicinity, 
on  the  corner  of  Prospect  and  Trumbull  streets,  stands  the  Third 
Senior  Society  Hall  of  the  Academical  Department.  In  the  early 
summer  of  1883  a  number  of  members  from  each  of  the  classes  '83 
and  '84,  deeming  the  establishment  of  a  new  senior  society  to  be 
desirable  on  account  of  the  largely  increased  numbers  in  the  classes 
and  for  other  reasons,  held  a  meeting  for  consultation.  After  much 
careful  thought,  and  with  the  advice  of  graduates  and  friends  of  the 
college,  the  project  was  deemed  an  excellent  one.  Vigorous  measures 
were  at  once  taken,  the  lot  on  which  the  building  stands  was  purchased, 
and  before  cold  weather  had  arrived  the  foundation  was  laid  and  ready 
for  the  superstructure.  In  the  summer  of  1884  the  building  was  com- 
pleted, ready  for  occupancy.  It  is  two  and  a  half  stories  high,  built 
of  brown  sandstone,  and  is  arranged  with  every  facility  for  comfort  and 
convenience.  The  new  hall  differs  radically  from  all  other  society 
buildings  in  the  college  in  that  it  is  abundantly  lighted  from  the  exterior 
by  numerous  windows.  The  society  is  composed  of  fifteen  members 
from  each  senior  class. 


THE  THEOLOGICAL  DEPARTMENT.  43 


THE  THEOLOGICAL  DEPARTMENT, 


SKETCH  OF  ITS  HISTORY.  —  This  department  of  the  University 
virtually  dates  its  organization  from  the  very  formation  of  Yale,  owing 
to  the  facts  (i)  that  the  College  was  originated  by  clergymen,  and  (2) 
for  over  a  century  theology  was  one  of  the  chief  studies  of  the  regular 
college  course.  The  formal  organization  of  a  separate  department  in 
theology,  however,  occurred  in  1822.  In  1835  a  building  closely 
resembling  North  College  was  erected  just  north  of  the  latter  structure 
for  the  theological  students,  and  was  used  for  that  purpose  until  1870, 
when  it  was  demolished.  In  1867  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Divinity 
was  first  given  to  those  who  had  completed  the  full  course  of  three 
years.  At  that  time  there  were  in  the  department  but  few  if  any  over 
a  dozen  students,  but  the  growth  in  the  past  ten  years  has  been 
exceedingly  rapid,  and  the  department  has  had  an  average  for  the 
past  three  years  of  about  one  hundred  students.  Including  special 
lecturers  the  board  of  instruction  in  this  department  numbers  fifteen. 
There  are  seven  full  professorships.  The  special  lecturers  are  chosen 
from  the  ablest  pulpit  orators  and  specialists  in  the  world,  and  the  list 
has  included  such  men  as  Rev.  Robert  W.  Dale,  D.D.;  Rev.  John 
Hall,  D.D.;  Rev.  Phillips  Brooks,  D.D.;  Rev.  Howard  Crosby,  D.D., 
LL.D.;  Prof.  Asa  Gray,  LL.D.;  Rev.  Joseph  T.  Duryea,  D.D.;  and 
the  Rev.  William  M.  Taylor,  D.D. 

In  1879  the  Theological  Department  of  Yale  College  instituted  a 
graduate  class,  "  designed  to  be  composed  of  students  who  have 
finished  a  full  theological  course  of  three  years  in  this  Divinity  School 
or  some  similar  institution,  and  who  desire  to  pursue  an  advanced 


44  YALE  COLLEGE. 

course  of  study  for  one  or  more  years.  It  was  the  first  Divinity  School 
in  the  country  to  make  systematic  provision  for  such  an  advanced 
course,  beyond  the  limits  of  the  regular  curriculum." 

The  conditions  of  admission  to  this  department  are  membership  in 
some  evangelical  church,  or  other  satisfactory  evidence  of  Christian 
character,  and  a  liberal  education  at  some  college,  or,  in  exceptional 
cases,  an  equivalent  preparation  for  theological  studies.  Students  of 
every  Christian  denomination,  in  case  they  are  possessed  of  these  quali- 
fications, are  admitted. 

EAST  DIVINITY  HALL. — This  very  large  and  beautiful  dormi- 
tory, standing  on  the  corner  of  Elm  and  College  streets,  was  com- 
pleted in  1870,  at  a  cost  of  about  $180,000.  It  is  built  of  brick, 
trimmed  with  Nova  Scotia  stone,  and  has  a  height  of  five  stories  at  the 
wings,  and  four  along  the  middle  portion.  The  length  of  the  building 
is  164  feet,  and  width  43  feet.  Mr.  Richard  M.  Hunt,  of  New  York, 
was  the  architect.  The  first  floor  is  taken  up  by  lecture  and  reading 
rooms,  corridors,  janitor's  residence,  etc.,  while  the  floors  above  con- 
tain about  fifty  studies,  with  each  of  which  a  bed-room  connects.  As 
a  general  rule  each  student  has  a  study  to  himself.  Every  room  in  the 
building  is  very  high-posted,  light  and  pleasant,  contains  a  fire-place f 
and  is  capable  of  being  made  as  comfortable  as  anyone  could  desire. 
The  lecture-rooms,  etc.,  on  the  first  floor  are  nearly  always  open  for 
inspection.  As  the  visitor  is  passing  out  along  the  corridor,  toward 
Elm  Street,  he  will  find  an  entrance  to  the  beautiful  little  edifice  known 


MARQUAND  CHAPEL.— It  faces  on  Elm  Street  and  is  just  west 
of  East  Divinity  Hall,  with  which  it  connects  by  a  wing.  It  is  of  brick, 
trimmed  with  Nova  Scotia  stone,  and  has  a  very  high,  steep  roof,  orna- 
mented with  iron  trimmings.  The  interior  is  finished  in  Southern  pine, 
beautifully  carved  and  decorated,  and  contains  sittings  for  two  or  three 
hundred  persons.  The  cost  of  this  chapel  was  about  $25,000,  all  of 


BATTELL    CHAPEL. 
(Page  21.) 


HALL. 


THE  THEOLOGICAL  DEPARTMENT.  45 

which  was   the   gift  of  Frederick  Marquand,  from  whom  it  takes  its 
name. 


WEST  DIVINITY  HALL.— West  Divinity  Hall,  parallel  with, 
and  about  a  hundred  feet  west  of  East  Divinity,  on  Elm  Street,  very 
closely  resembles  the  latter  hall  in  general  appearance,  both  outside 
and  inside,  though  studies  take  the  place,  in  this  building,  of  the 
lecture-rooms,  etc.,  on  the  first  floor  of  East  Divinity.  West  Divinity 
contains  in  all  nearly  seventy  rooms,  quite  a  number  of  which 
accommodate  two  students  each.  West  Divinity  was  built  in  1873-4, 
to  accommodate  the  increasing  number  of  theological  students.  The 
rooms  not  taken  by  them  are  occupied  by  members  of  the  Academical 
and  Scientific  Departments.  Perhaps  half  the  students  in  this  building 
are  students  in  these  last-mentioned  departments.  All  students  in  East 
Divinity  are  members  of  the  Theological  Department.  West  Divinity 
was  completed  in  1874  at  a  cost  of  about  $160,000,  of  which  Mr.  Fred- 
erick Marquand  gave  one-half. 

TROWBRIDGE  LIBRARY  BUILDING.  — The  Library,  a  sub- 
stantial brick  structure  on  Elm  Street,  just  east  of  and  connected 
with  West  Divinity  Hall,  is  the  newest  of  the  buildings  belonging  to 
the  Theological  Department,  having  been  completed  in  the  fall  of 
1 88 1.  It  is  of  brick,  trimmed  with  Nova  Scotia  stone,  and  has  a 
front  of  32  feet,  and  a  depth  of  50  feet,  while  the  extreme  height  of 
the  ceiling  is  40  feet.  The  windows  are  of  hammered  glass  of  cathe- 
dral pattern  and  of  neutral  tints  bordered  with  glass  of  more  positive 
colors.  The  wood-work  is  mostly  of  oak,  finished  in  oil,  though  the 
ceiling,  which  is  arched,  is  worked  in  white  pine  and  matched  panels, 
and  is  finished  in  shellac  and  varnish.  A  gallery  extending  around 
three  sides  of  the  room  is  reached  by  a  stairway  leading  from  an 
alcove  at  the  west  side  of  the  building.  The  book-cases  are  of  oak, 
beautifully  carved,  and  finished  in  oil,  and  contain  the  reference 
library  of  the  Theological  Department  and  the  famous  Lowell  Mason 


46  TALE  COLLEGE. 

library  of  church  music,  presented  to  the  Yale  Theological  Depart- 
ment by  Mr.  Mason's  family.  By  an  admirable  arrangement  of 
windows  all  the  cases  are  excellently  lighted.  A  handsome  carpet  and 
costly  furniture  complete  the  equipage  of  the  edifice,  which  is  the  most 
elegant  theological  library  building  in  the  United  States.  It  was  the 
gift  of  Mr.  Frederick  Marquand,  and  cost  $10,500.  The  architect  was 
Mr.  R.  M.  Hunt,  of  New  York.  The  Trowbridge  Library  completes 
the  Elm  Street  front  of  the  buildings  of  the  Theological  Department. 
At  this  point  it  may  be  well  to  call  the  attention  of  the  visitor 
to:  — 

CENTRE  CHURCH.  — Centre  Church,  on  the  city  green,  midway 
between  Chapel  and  Elm  streets,  and  facing  on  Temple  Street,  is  and 
has  been  so  intimately  associated  with  the  University  that  a  brief 
description  of  it  will  not  be  out  of  place  in  a  work  concerning  Yale,  for 
continuously  since  1717,  with  the  exception  of  two  years  when  the 
present  edifice  was  in  course  of  construction,  the  exercises  at  Com- 
mencement have  been  observed  in  the  house  of  worship  owned  by  the 
society  to  which  belongs  the  Centre  Church.  The  building  is  of  brick, 
with  shingled  roof,  and  has  a  tall,  handsome  wooden  spire  surmounted 
by  a  gilded  vane.  Doric  pillars  support  the  porch  surrounding  the 
brick  tower  from  which  the  spire  rises.  Above  and  on  each  side  of 
the  arched  window  over  the  principal  entrance  to  the  church  are 
marble  tablets,  containing  the  following  inscriptions  in  large  letters : — 

QUINNIPIAC  CHOSEN  FOR  SETTLEMENT,  A.D.  1637. 
THE  WILDERNESS  AND  THE  SOLITARY  PLACE  SHALL  BE  MADE  GLAD 

FOR  THEM. 


O  GOD  OF  HOSTS  LOOK  DOWN  FROM  HEAVEN  AND  BEHOLD  AND  VISIT 
THIS  VINE. 


THE  THEOLOGICAL  DEPARTMENT. 


47 


A.D.  1638  A  COMPANY  OF  ENGLISH  CHRISTIANS  LED  BY  JOHN  DAVEN- 
PORT AND  THEOPHILUS  EATON  WERE  THE  FOUNDERS  OF  THIS  CITY. 
HERE  THEIR  EARLIEST  HOUSE  OF  WORSHIP  WAS  BUILT  A.D.  1639. 


THE  FIRST  CHURCH  BEGINNING  WITH  WORSHIP  IN  THE  OPEN  AIR  APRIL 
15  [O.  S.],  1638,  WAS  THE  BEGINNING  OF  NEW  HAVEN,  AND  WAS 
ORGANIZED  AUG.  22  [O.  S.],  1639.  THIS  HOUSE  WAS  DEDICATED 
TO  THE  WORSHIP*  OF  GOD  IN  CHRIST  DEC.  27,  1814. 

The  site  of  Centre  Church  was  once  a  burying-ground.  When  the 
structure  was  built  the  graves  were  undisturbed,  and  are  there  to  this 
day.  Among  the  remains  interred  within  the  space  enclosed  by  its 
walls  are  those  of  some  of  the  first  settlers  of  New  Haven  colony. 
Recently  the  basement  has  been  arranged  so  that  access  to  the  crypt 
is  convenient,  and  the  church  is  open  for  that  purpose  every  Saturday. 
The  vestibule  of  the  edifice  contains  marble  tablets  on  which  are 
inscribed  the  names  of  those  buried  beneath  the  building.  Immedi- 
ately in  the  rear  of  the  church,  surrounded  by  an  iron  fence,  a  sub- 
stantial-looking marble  monument  marks  the  spot  where  were  buried 
the  remains  of  the  British  regicide  John  Dixwell,  who  fled  to  the  colony 
for  protection  after  1661. 

From  this  point  it  is  but  a  moment's  walk  down  to  Church  Street, 
just  north  of  Court  Street,  where  are  situated  the  apartments  occupied 
by:- 


48  TALE  COLLEGE. 


THE  LAW  DEPARTMENT, 


SKETCH  OF  ITS  HISTORY.— The  Yale  Law  School,  on  Church 
Street,  was  organized  in  1822,  and  has  had  in  all  not  far  from  2,000 
students.  The  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Law  was  first  conferred  in  1843. 
From  the  date  of  its  organization  the  school  has  ever  held  a  high 
rank;  and  never  more  so  than  at  present.  Its  undergraduate  course 
is  thorough  and  complete,  occupying  two  full  college  years,  while  its 
graduate  course  is  entirely  unique  in  America,  and  offers  instruction 
sought  by  graduates  of  all  the  leading  law  schools  of  the  country. 
This  course  "  has  created  at  Yale  a  school  of  political  science,  the 
first  one  instituted  in  the  United  States,  and  the  only  one  yet  in  full 
operation.  Regular  instruction  is  given  in  American  and  English 
Constitutional  history,  the  formation  and  regulation  of  municipal  cor- 
porations, international  law,  political  economy,  parliamentary  law, 
canon  law,  general  and  comparative  jurisprudence,  Roman  and 
French  law,  sociology,  and  .conflict  of  laws,  besides  other  topics  of  more 
immediate  importance  to  the  practising  lawyer."  The  library  of  the 
school  contains  all  the  English  and  American  (including  the  Canadian) 
reports,  a  good  collection  of  statutes  and  digests,  and  a  large  number 
of  text-books  and  books  of  reference,  including  many  works  upon 
Roman  and  French  law.  The  whole  number  of  volumes  is  upwards  of 
8,000,  constituting  by  far  the  best  library,  with  one  exception,  of  any 
American  law  school.  The  faculty  of  the  law  school  consists  of  five 
professors  and  three  lecturers. 

Applicants  for  admission  to  the  junior  class  must  be  at  least  eighteen 
years  of  age,  and  must  produce  certificates  of  good  moral  character. 


THE  LAW  DEPARTMENT.  49 

No  student  who  has  not  taken  a  degree  from  some  collegiate  institu- 
tion will  be  admitted  as  a  candidate  for  a  degree  until  he  has  passed  a 
satisfactory  examination  on  the  outlines  of  the  history  of  England 
and  of  the  United  States,  and  the  text  of  the  Constitution  of  the 
United  States.  This  will  be  conducted  in  writing,  and  the  style  of 
composition  and  orthography  in  the  answers,  as  written,  must  be  such 
as  to  evince  a  competent  knowledge  of  English  grammar. 

THE  LAW-SCHOOL  BUILDING.  — The  Yale  Law  School  is 
located  on  Church  Street,  just  north  of  Court  Street,  in  a  handsome 
brownstone  edifice  which  it  occupies  in  connection  with  the  courts  of 
New  Haven  County.  This  building  was  completed  for  occupancy  by 
the  school  in  1873.  Previous  to  that  time  the  headquarters  of  this 
department  of  the  University  were  in  the  Leffingwell  Building,  on  the 
corner  of  Church  and  Court  streets.  All  'things  considered,  no  law 
school  in  America  is  so  admirably  located  for  its  special  purposes  as 
that  at  Yale.  Occupying  "  an  entire  story  of  the  building  and  having 
upon  the  same  floor  a  lecture-room  accommodating  two  hundred 
students,  a  large  library  hall,  a  moot  court-room,  an  instructors'  room, 
and  other  apartments  containing  every  convenience  for  law  clubs  and 
debating  societies,"  it  is  literally  in  the  midst  of  courts,  located  in  the 
same  edifice.  Two  terms  of  the  Supreme  Court  of  Errors  of  Con- 
necticut are  annually  held  there,  and  the  Superior  Court  and  Court  of 
Common  Pleas,  the  principal  nisi  prius  courts  of  the  State,  are  also  in 
session  almost  daily,  during  each  of  the  Law  School  terms,  while  one 
term  of  the  United  States  Circuit  Court  and  two  terms  of  the  United 
States  District  Court  are  held  annually  in  the  United  States  Court 
room,  not  three  blocks  distant  from  the  School. 


50  YALE  COLLEGE. 


THE  MEDICAL  DEPARTMENT, 


SKETCH  OF  ITS  HISTORY.  — The  Yale  Medical  School,  situated 
on  the  west  side  of  York  Street,  about  midway  between  Chapel  and 
Crown  streets,  was  organized  in  1812,  and  the  first  course  of  lectures  was 
given  in  the  following  year.  The  faculty  of  the  department  numbers 
nine  professors  and  eight  lecturers,  while  the  examining  board  consists 
of  the  faculty  and  an  equal  number  of  the  members  of  the  Connecti- 
cut Medical  Society.  The  school  has  many  important  advantages,  not 
the  least  of  which  is,  that  the  Connecticut  State  Hospital,  only  a  few 
blocks  away,  affords  excellent  opportunity  for  study  of  the  most  practi- 
cal kind.  To  all  intents  and  purposes  this  hospital  is  a  branch  of  the 
Yale  Medical  School,  inasmuch  as  it  was  established  almost  wholly 
through  efforts  of  the  medical  faculty,  and  has  been  and  is  practically 
under  their  control  and  management.  There  are  upwards  of  one 
hundred  beds  in  the  hospital,  and  students  are  afforded  abundant 
opportunity  to  see  disease  in  its  various  forms  and  observe  the  treat- 
ment of  it.  A  morgue,  where  all  autopsies  are  held,  was  constructed 
with  special  reference  to  the  wants  of  medical  classes,  while  an  amphi- 
theatre has  been  expressly  provided  in  order  that  students  of  the  Yale 
Medical  School  may  witness  all  important  surgical  operations  at  the 
hospital;  these  operations,  by  the  way,  being  performed  by  the  pro- 
fessors of  the  school. 

All  candidates  for  admission  to  the  Medical  Department,  excepting 
those  who  have  passed  an  examination  for  admission  to  the  under- 
graduate Academical  Department  of  Yale  College  or  some  similar 


THE  MEDICAL  DEPARTMENT.  51 

institution,  must  present  a  degree  in  Letters  or  Science  from  a  recog- 
nized college  or  scientific  school,  or  pass  an  examination  in  the  follow- 
ing subjects : — 

1.  Mathematics:  Algebra  to  Quadratics;   Euclid,  two  books;   Metric 
System  of  Weights  and  Measures. 

2.  Physics:  Balfour  Stewart's  Elementary  Physics,  or  any  equivalent 
work. 

THE  MEDICAL  SCHOOL  BUILDING. —The  building  on  York 
Street,  occupied  by  the  Medical  Department  of  the  University,  was 
erected  in  1860.  It  is  a  brick  structure,  stuccoed,  and  is  fifty-three 
feet  square  and  three  stories  high.  As  it  was  constructed  especially 
for  the  purposes  to  which  it  is  devoted,  everything  about  it  is  very  con- 
venient. It  contains  a  large,  admirably  lighted  lecture-room,  spacious 
and  well-appointed  dissecting-rooms,  etc.,  and  the  museum,  in  which  is 
a  large  collection  of  natural  and  morbid  specimens,  numerous  casts, 
plates  and  models  of  elegant  execution,  and  an  extensive  cabinet  of 
materia  medica.  The  New  Haven  Dispensary,  located  on  the  grounds 
of  the  Medical  Department,  under  the  management  of  the  faculty,  is 
visited  by  over  six  thousand  patients  annually.  They  receive  the  best 
of  treatment  and  medicine  without  money  and  without  price.  Much 
practical  benefit  results  to  the  school,  however,  as  students  are  in- 
structed in  the  diagnosis  and  treatment  of  the  special  diseases  for 
which  treatment  is  sought  there. 


52  TALE  COLLEGE. 


THE  DEPARTMENT  OF 'THE  FINE  ARTS, 


SKETCH  OF  ITS  HISTORY.— "A  distinct  department  of  Fine  Arts 
in  a  University,  with  all  the  appurtenances  for  professional  art  training, 
is  a  new  feature  in  the  general  scheme  of  education  which  Yale  Col- 
lege has  the  credit  of  successfully  inaugurating  in  this  country 

The  germ  of  art  culture  existed  in  the  College  many  years  ago,  and 
Yale  long  enjoyed  the  distinction  of  being  the  first  and  only  institution 
of  learning  in  the  country  to  establish  an  art  collection."  Fifty  years 
ago  Trumbull  Gallery,  now  the  Treasury,  was  erected  for  the  display 
of  the  paintings  of  Colonel  Trumbull.  A  course  of  lectures  on  art,  in 
1857-8,  caused  a  renewed  interest  in  the  subject,  and  from  that  time 
there  was  a  firm  determination  to  establish  a  separate  department 
devoted  to  it.  The  bountiful  liberality  of  Mr.  Augustus  R.  Street 
(Yale,  1812),  of  New  Haven,  transformed  this  determination  from 
an  earnest  desire  into  a  fixed  fact;  and  to  him  the  University  is 
indebted  for  the  noble  edifice  occupying  the  south-west  angle  of  the 
campus,  at  the  corner  of  Chapel  and  High  streets.  "  He  was  the  first 
to  give  practical  expression  to  his  conviction  that  the  study  of  art 
comes  within  the  scope  of  a  great  University.  His  aim  was  not 
simply  to  found  a  museum,  but  to  establish  a  school  for  practical 
instruction  for  those  of  both  sexes  who  are  desirous  of  pursuing  the 
Fine  Arts  as  a  profession,  and  to  awake  and  cultivate  a  taste  for,  and 
appreciation  of,  the  arts  among  the  undergraduates  and  others."  The 
great  success  of  the  Department  of  the  Fine  Arts  has  amply  justified 
the  wisdom  of  his  grand  idea. 


YALE    SCHOOL    OF    THE    FINE    ARTS. 
(Page  53.) 


PEAEODY    MUSEUM. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  THE  FINE  ARTS. 


53 


THE  ART  SCHOOL  BUILDING.  — In  November,  1864,  the  cor- 
ner-stone of  the  building  was  laid,  and  the  structure  was  completed 
early  in  the  summer  of  1866.  It  stands  on  the  corner  of  Chapel  and 
High  streets.  "The  architecture  and  construction  are  of  what  is 
termed  revived  Gothic.  It  consists  of  two  wings,  one  34  by  80  feet, 
the  other  36  by  76  feet,  connected  by  a  central  building  44  by  33  feet. 
The  material  used  in  the  construction  of  the  walls  is  Portland  and 
Jersey  stone,  with  yellow  Ohio-stone  ornaments.  The  columns  of  the 
front  porch  are  of  Gloucester  polished  granite,  and  the  capitals  are 
carved  with  original  designs,  after  natural  foliage,  in  Cleveland  stone. 
The  floors  are  of  oak  and  black  walnut,  and  the  wainscotting  and 
wood-work  of  chestnut.  The  basement  contains  drawing  and  model- 
ling-rooms. The  first  story  is  divided  into  studios,  class-rooms,  and 
libraries.  The  second  story  has  two  large  galleries  lighted  from  the 
roof,  for  the  exhibition  of  collections,  and  two  wide  corridors,  now 
occupied  with  casts.  The  architect  and  general  superintendent  of  the 
building  was  Mr.  P.  B.  Wight,  the  architect  of  the  National  Academy 
of  Design  in  New  York.  The  expense  of  erecting  and  finishing  the 
building  amounted  to  about  $175,000." 

CONTENTS  OF  THE  ART  SCHOOL  BUILDING.— The  pictures 
were  transferred  to  the  new  Art  Building  at  once  from  the  Trumbull 
Gallery,  and  an  exhibition  in  1867  of  loaned  works  of  art  caused  a 
good  deal  of  interest  to  be  taken  in  the  school.  Afterward  a  collection 
of  casts  illustrating  the  history  of  sculpture  was  added,  and  in  the 
spring  of  1868  the  well-known  "Jarves  Collection "  was  temporarily 
placed  there  and  subsequently  became  the  property  of  the  school.  It 
is  illustrative  of  Italian  painting  from  the  eleventh  to  the  seventeenth 
centuries,  and  "  consists  of  one  hundred  and  twenty  pictures,  many  of 
which  are  panel  pictures  in  tempera,  with  gold  backgrounds;  others  are 
the  work  of  contemporary  but  inferior  artists  of  the  fifteenth  and  six- 
teenth centuries;  and  not  a  few  are  works  of  decided  merit  and  great 
historic  interest.  The  collection  is  illustrative  of  the  rise  of  Christian 


54  YALE  COLLEGE. 

art  in  Western  Europe.  The  progress  of  Italian  art-painting  is  fol- 
lowed, the  series  commencing  with  contemporaries  of  Cimabue  and 
Giotto,  continued  to  those  of  Giorgione  and  Veronese,  illustrating  the 
most  interesting  period  of  modern  art.  Many  of  the  older  pieces, 
principally  panel  paintings,  are  in  tempera,  some  of  which  were  origi- 
nally designed  for  altar-pieces."  The  Jarves  Gallery  "contains  that 
which  is  of  decided  value  and  interest  to  the  student,  who  may  find  in 
it  much  that  will  enable  him  to  grasp  a  fair  conception  of  the  motive 
which  gave  character  to  early  Christian  art." 

OBJECTS  OF  THE  ART  SCHOOL.  — The  school  has  for  its  end 
the  cultivation  and  promotion  of  the  Arts  of  Design,  viz.,  Painting, 
Sculpture  and  Architecture,  both  in  their  artistic  and  aesthetic  aims, 
through  practice  and  criticism.  The  aim  is  — 

1st.  To  provide  thorough  technical  instruction  in  the  arts  of  Paint- 
ing, Sculpture,  and  Architecture. 

2d.  To  furnish  an  acquaintance  with  all  branches  of  learning  relat- 
ing to  the  History,  Theory,  and  Practice  of  Art. 

Lectures  in  each  department  of  the  school  are  provided  in  addition 
to  the  technical  discipline,  and  attendance  upon  these  by  the  students 
is  required.  June  1st  an  exhibition  of  the  work  of  the  students  is 
opened  and  continues  through  the  vacation.  At  the  close  of  the 
course  prizes  are  offered  for  competition  and  diplomas  are  awarded 
those  who  pass  the  requisite  examinations. 

The  school  is  open  to  both  sexes,  but  no  student  will  be  admitted 
under  fifteen  years  of  age.  It  is  open  to  all  who  desire  to  avail  them- 
selves of  its  instruction,  without  restrictions,  save  as  to  age  and  gen- 
eral good  character.  Its  aim  is  to  embrace  a  wide  field  of  usefulness 
in  connection  with  the  knowledge  and  promotion  of  art,  and  to  offer 
every  facility  to  the  student  both  in  the  way  of  criticism  and  technical 
discipline.  The  collections  are  open  daily  to  the  public  from  I  to  5 
P.M.  in  winter,  and  from  9  A.M.  to  6  P.M  in  summer.  The  admission 


DEPARTMENT  OF  THE  FINE  ARTS.  55 

fee  is  small,  and  visitors  will  be  well  repaid  for  spending  several  hours 
within  its  walls. 

As  an  illustration  of  the  rapidity  of  growth  of  the  Art  Department,  it 
may  be  stated  that  in  the  past  three  years  the  number  of  students  has 
much  more  than  doubled.  Fifty-eight  regular  students  were  in  attend- 
ance during  the  college  year  1880-1.  Besides  these,  nearly  one 
hundred  members  of  other  departments  received  instruction  in  the  Art 
School. 


YALE  COLLEGE. 


THE  GRADUATE  DEPARTMENT, 


SKETCH  OF  ITS  HISTORY.  — Graduate  instruction  has  been 
a  part  of  the  work  of  the  University  from  a  very  early  date,  and 
more  especially  from  1847,  when  measures  were  taken  to  provide 
courses  of  study  for  advanced  students  desirous  of  attaining  a 
more  complete  knowledge  of  particular  branches  than  can  be  obtained 
in  a  regular  undergraduate  course.  Instruction  was  offered  in  various 
subjects.  At  first  the  number  of  students  was  small,  but  a  gradual  in- 
crease in  number,  both  of  students  and  of  subjects,  has  taken  place, 
until  now,  when  the  number  of  students  is  ten-fold  that  of  1866,  and 
the  number  of  subjects  in  which  instruction  is  offered  at  present 
exceeds  sixty,  comprised  in  courses  of  Intellectual  Philosophy,  Political 
Science  and  History,  Philological  Science,  Mathematics,  Physics, 
Chemistry  and  Astronomy,  Geology  and  Natural  History,  Applied 
Science,  and  Fine  Arts.  More  than  fifty  instructors  are  actively  con- 
nected with  these  courses.  The  Graduate  Department  thus  far  is  pro- 
vided with  no  buildings  of  its  own,  though  practically  it  possesses 
several,  having  access  to  and  the  use  of  all  the  grand  facilities  of  the 
other  departments. 

THE  YALE  SCHOOL  OF  JOURNALISM.  — The  percentage  of 

Yale  graduates  engaged  in  the  profession  of  journalism  is  larger  than 
that  of  the  graduates  of  any  other  American  college.  There  are 
very  few  great  journals  in  the  country  which  have  not,  among  their 
editors,  one  or  more  sons  of  Yale.  This  is  due  in  a  great  measure,  no 


THE  GRADUATE  DEPARTMENT.  57 

doubt,  to  the  course  of  study  commonly  known  as  the  .Yale  School  of 
Journalism.  Technically  there  is  no  such  department,  the  official  title 
being  the  "  Course  of  Political  Science  and  History,"  in  the  Graduate 
Department,  but  its  curriculum  is  so  admirably  adapted  to  the  wants  of 
the  candidate  for  a  successful  career  in  the  editorial  field  that  it  is 
very  aptly  termed  by  practical  newspaper  men  "  The  School  of  Journal- 
ism." The  course  embraces  the  history  of  America  and  of  Europe; 
relations  of  physical  geography  to  political  history;  public  finance  and 
statistics  of  industry;  politics  and  finance  in  the  history  of  the  United 
States;  political  economy;  international  law;  and  branches  of  law  in 
general.  Graduates  of  this  and  other  colleges,  and  other  persons  of 
liberal  education  (not  less  than  eighteen  years  old),  are  received  as 
students  in  this  department  for  longer  or  shorter  periods,  with  or  with- 
out reference  to  the  attainment  of  a  degree.  Yale  students  demon- 
strate their  practical  ability  in  journalism  by  managing  and  editing  a 
literary  magazine  of  high  order,  two  large  ably-conducted  bi-weeklies, 
and  a  bright,  sparkling  little  daily,  besides  several  carefully  compiled 
annuals  filled  with  all  sorts  of  information  useful  to  the  students.  -  To 
Yale  belongs  the  credit  of  establishing  the  first  daily  paper  edited  and 
managed  solely  by  students. 


58  TALE  COLLEGE. 


PEABODY  MUSEUM  OF  NATURAL  HISTORY, 


SKETCH  OF  ITS  HISTORY.  —  Peabody  Museum,  the  north  wing 
of  which,  completed  in  1876,  stands  on  the  corner  of  High  and  Elm 
streets,  was  the  gift  of  Mr.  George  Peabody,  of  London,  who,  in  1866, 
gave  to  certain  gentlemen  $150,000,  in  trust,  for  the  foundation  and 
maintenance  of  a  museum  of  natural  history,  especially  in  the  depart- 
ments of  zoology,  geology,  and  mineralogy  in  connection  with  Yale  Col- 
lege, in  accordance,  as  he  says  in  his  letter  conveying  the  offer  of  the 
gift,  "  with  the  intention  I  some  years  ago  expressed  of  making  a  dona- 
tion to  this  distinguished  institution.  "  The  instrument  of  gift  provided 
that  of  the  $150,000  thus  given,  $100,000  was  to  be  devoted  to  the  erec- 
tion of  a  fire-proof  museum;  $20,000  was  to  be  invested  and  allowed  to 
accumulate  as  a  building  fund  until  it  should  amount  to  at  least 
$100,000,  to  construct  one  or  more  additions  to  the  museum;  and  the 
balance  of  $30,000  was  to  be  invested,  the  income  from  it  to  be  used  in 
the  care  of  the  museum  and  to  increase  the  collections. 

THE  MUSEUM  BUILDING.  —  The  portion  of  the  museum  already 
completed  "was  begun  in  1874  and  finished  in  1876,  and  cost,  including 
the  cases,  about  $175,000.  It  has  a  frontage  on  High  Street  of  115  feet, 
and  on  Elm  Street  of  100  feet;  and  stands  back  thirty-three  feet  from 
High  Street  and  thirty-five  feet  from  Elm  Street."  When  the  main 
building  and  the  other  wing  are  completed,  the  structure  will  occupy 
the  entire  front  on  High  Street,  from  within  33  feet  of  Elm  Street  to 
within  that  number  of  feet  of  Library  Street,  a  distance  of  344  feet;  the 


PEABODY  MUSEUM  OF  NATURAL  HISTORY. 


59 


entire  lot  from  Elm  Street  to  Library  Street  and  back  to  a  depth,  from 
High  Street,  of  145  feet,  having  been  appropriated  for  this  purpose.  A 
portion  of  the  edifice  will  stand  on  a  section  of  the  land  now  occupied 
by  the  Gymnasium.  The  wing  already  completed  is  of  brick,  with 
cut-stone  trimmings,  has  polished  granite  pillars  at  the  sides  of  the 
entrance,  and  has  three  stories  of  18  feet  each,  and  a  very  high 
basement  and  attic,  making  the  building  as  tall  as  one  of  six  or  seven 
stories  of  the  ordinary  height.  Yet  the  visitor  should  bear  in  mind 
that  this  structure,  grand  as  it  is,  is  but  a  small  portion  of  the 
edifice  as  it  is  to  be  when  completed.  "The  basement  is  occu- 
pied by  work-rooms,  and  contains  also  two  large  rooms  which  are 
assigned  for  the  collection  of  fossil  'foot-prints.'  The  first  story 
contains  a  large  lecture-room,  the  mineralogical  collections  of  the 
College,  Professor  Brush's  private  collections  of  minerals,  and  the 
mineralogical  laboratory.  The  second  story  is  devoted  to  the  geological 
and  palaeontological  collections,  and  working-rooms  connected  with 
these  departments.  The  third  story  is  occupied  with  the  collections  of 
zoology  and  osteology,  and  the  appropriate  laboratories  of  the  depart- 
ments of  zoology  and  comparative  anatomy.  The  upper  story  contains 
the  collection  of  archaeology,  besides  a  photographic  room  and  store- 
rooms." Fire-proof  brick  walls  and  iron  doors  separate  the  different 
portions  of  the  building,  while  hose  connected  with  iron  stand-pipes 
is  arranged  at  convenient  points.  All  modern  improvements  in  light- 
ing, heating,  and  ventilating  have  been  provided,  and  everything  is  as 
convenient  as  experience  and  skill  can  make  it. 

THE  MINERALOGICAL  COLLECTION.— The  mineralogical  de- 
partment contains  a  collection  of  meteorites  which  is  one  of  the  largest 
in  the  country,  and  includes  among  its  specimens  a  mass  of  meteoric 
iron  weighing  1635  pounds.  This  meteorite  fell  in  the  Red  River 
region  in  Texas  and  was  brought  thence  to  New  York,  via  New 
Orleans,  by  a  party  of  speculators,  on  the  supposition  that  it  was  a 
mass  of  platinum.  Thence  it  passed  into  the  Lyceum  of  Natural 


60  TALE  COLLEGE. 

History  in  New  York,  presented  to  it  in  trust  by  Colonel  Gibbs,  of 
New  York.  "  On  the  removal  of  the  Lyceum  from  the  park,  it  was 
left  at  the  doorway,  apparently  forgotten.  Mrs.  Gibbs,  the  widow  of 
Colonel  Gibbs,  happening  to  pass  the  spot  one  day,  saw  some  work- 
men on  the  point  of  burying  the  iron  in  a  hole  they  had  dug  '  to  get  it 
out  of  the  way.' "  She  rescued  it,  presented  it  to  Yale,  and  it  now 
occupies  a  conspicuous  place  in  the  museum.  It  is  one  of  the  three  or 
four  largest  masses  of  iron  ever  placed  in  a  scientific  museum. 

THE  COLLECTION  OF  FOSSIL  REMAINS  IN  THE  MU- 
SEUM.—  On  the  second  floor  is  the  very  large  collection  of  fossil 
remains  gathered  in  the  far  West  in  the  Yale  Scientific  Expeditions 
under  the  lead  of  Professor  O.  C.  Marsh.  When  in  New  Haven  in 
1876  Professor  Huxley  very  carefully  examined  the  collection  of  verte- 
brate fossils  in  the  Yale  museum,  and  remarked  of  it :  "I  can  truly 
and  emphatically  say  that,  so  far  as  my  knowledge  extends,  there  is 
nothing  in  any  way  comparable  for  extent,  or  for  the  care  with  which 
the  remains  have  been  got  together,  or  for  their  scientific  importance, 
to  the  series  of  fossils  which  Professor  Marsh  has  brought  together." 
The  collection  in  osteology  brought  together  by  Professor  Marsh,  to 
aid  in  the  investigation  of  his  vertebrate  fossils,  is  believed  to  be  the 
largest  and  most  complete  in  this  country. 

THE  ARCHAEOLOGICAL  COLLECTION  IN  THE  MUSEUM.— 

In  the  archaeological  department  of  the  museum  there  are  rich  contribu- 
tions, "  consisting  of  about  two  thousand  pieces  of  pottery,  and  sev- 
eral hundred  stone  implements,  and  many  gold  ornaments,  which 
together  form  the  most  complete  collection  of  the  kind  ever  made." 
This  description  gives  but  the  merest  outline  of  a  portion  of  what 
the  museum  contains.  Peabody  Museum  is  open  every  day  until  6 
P.M.,  free  to  all,  and  visitors  should,  if  possible,  devote  several  hours 
to  an  examination  of  its  contents. 


THE  OBSERVATORY.  6 1 


THE  OBSERVATORY, 


SKETCH  OF  ITS  HISTORY  AND  WORK.  — Several  years  ago, 

Mrs.  Cornelia  Hillhouse  and  her  daughters  gave  to  the  University  an 
eligibly  situated  tract  of  land  on  the  crest  of  Prospect  Hill,  just  north 
of  Hillhouse  Avenue,  as  a  site  for  an  observatory.  In  1871-2  Hon. 
O.  F.  Winchester  made  provision  for  the  future  establishment  of  the 
proposed  observatory  by  the  gift  of  a  piece  of  land,  adjoining  the 
site  given  by  Mrs.  Hillhouse  and  daughters,  costing  $100,000.  Then 
the  proposed  building  had  not  been  erected,  but  was  to  be  in  due 
time.  Meanwhile,  the  work  of  the  Observatory  had  begun  by  the 
establishment  of  a  public  time  service  and  a  thermometric  bureau. 
By  a  contract  with  the  State,  the  College  daily  transmits  the  exact 
time  to  every  railroad  station  in  Connecticut,  the  standard  of  time 
adopted  being  that  now  officially  known  as  Eastern.  The  action 
of  Connecticut  in  establishing  a  time  service  is  the  first  of  its  kind 
in  the  country,  and  was  made  possible  by  the  excellent  facilities 
afforded  by  the  Observatory  of  Yale  College.  As  to  the  thermometric 
bureau,  it  also  is  of  great  public  benefit.  Up  to  June,  1881,  it  had 
issued  no  less  than  1,957  certificates  for  thermometers  sent  there  to  be 
tested,  "  the  larger  portion  of  which  numerically  has  been  of  clinical 
thermometers  designed  for  use  by  physicians.  The  great  errors  which 
have  been  found  in  many  of  these  instruments  show  that  the  work 
which  the  bureau  is  doing  is  a  real  .service  to  the  people.  Some  of 
the  thermometers  examined  and  verified  have  been  of  unusual  accu- 
racy or  peculiar  construction.  Those  needed  for  use  in  the  Arctic 


62  YALE  COLLEGE. 

explorations  undertaken  by  the  United  State*  Signal  Service  may  be 
specially  mentioned. 

OBSERVATORY  BUILDING.  —  The  Observatory  Building,  erected 
in  1883,  stands  on  the  crest  of  Prospect  Hill.  The  tower  is  circular 
and  is  arranged  with  all  the  most  approved  machinery  for  rapid  and 
easy  manipulation.  Connected  is  a  substantial  large  square,  brick 
house,  suitable  for  a  dwelling  for  the  official  in  charge  and  for  labora- 
tories required  in  various  parts  of  the  work  to  which  the  observatory 
is  devoted.  A  few  rods  distant  from  the  main  building  is  a  second 
tower,  identical  in  outward  appearance  with  that  attached  to  the  house. 

EQUIPMENT  OF  THE  OBSERVATORY. — The  equipment  now 

in  use  consists  in  part  of :  — 

1.  An    Astronomical   Observatory,    inclusive    of  standard    clocks, 
transit   instruments,    chronographs,   and   the    accessories   for   refined 
accuracy  in  the  determination  and  transmission  of  time. 

2.  A  complete  apparatus  for  the  testing  of  chronometers,  watches, 
and   clocks  in  the    various  positions  and  conditions  of   temperature, 
arranged  with  reference  to  the  safety  against  fire  and  theft  of   such 
instruments  while  in  the  care  of  the  observatory. 

3.  The  apparatus  for  an  extended  (automatic)  public  time  service. 

4.  The   apparatus  for   research   and  comparison  in  Thermometry, 
including  comparators,  cathetometers,  and   a  collection  of   the  best 
thermometers   obtainable   of    the   foreign   makers   and   observatories 
which  devote  special  attention  to  thermometric  standards. 

5.  A  heliometer  completed  late   in    1881    by  Messrs.   Repsold,  of 
Hamburg.     This  instrument,  which  required  eighteen  months  in  con- 
struction, is  the  largest  and  finest  heliometer  in  the  world,  and  cost 
about  $7,200. 


TALE  ATHLETIC  INTERESTS,  ETC.  63 


ATHLETIC  INTERESTS,  CLUBS,  AND  THE  FENCE, 


THE  YALE  ATHLETIC  GROUNDS — The  Yale  Athletic  Grounds, 

a  beautifully  situated  tract  comprising  about  thirty  acres  of  land,  lie  on 
the  west  bank  of  West  River,  on  the  southern  side  of  Derby  Avenue, 
a  little  over  a  mile  from  the  college  campus.  Derby  Avenue  is  a 
branch  of  West  Chapel  Street,  and  horse-cars,  passing  the  College 
every  twelve  minutes,  go  within  a  short  walk  of  the  field.  The  greater 
portion  of  the  land  lies  on  a  bluff,  thirty  feet  above  the  river,  and 
looks  in  one  direction  toward  the  harbor,  and  in  another  toward  the 
city,  while  on  the  western  side  lies  Edgewood  Hill.  In  the  fourth 
direction  is  an  excellent  view  of  West  Rock.  On  the  whole,  it  is  diffi- 
cult to  see  how  a  more  beautiful  situation  could  have  been  obtained. 
It  is  designed  to  have  within  the  grounds  a  place  for  every  field-sport 
the  students  are  likely  to  care  for,  including  several  base-ball  grounds, 
cricket,  foot-ball  and  polo  grounds,  lawn-tennis  courts,  a  large  field  for 
athletic  exhibitions,  race-track,  etc.,  etc.,  on  the  main  field,  and  a  rifle- 
range  under  the  bluff,  on  the  bank  of  the  river.  Although  the  land 
was  not  purchased  until  the  spring  of  1881,  considerable  work  had 
been  done  before  the  close  of  the  following  summer,  under  direction 
of  the  committee  having  the  matter  in  charge,  by  whom  plans  were 
obtained  before  Commencement.  These  plans  contemplate  what  will 
be,  when  completed,  altogether  the  largest,  most  convenient  and  beau- 
tiful grounds  for  athletic  sports  in  America,  or  in  fact,  in  the  world- 
Among  the  buildings  will  be  a  residence  for  the  keeper,  at  least  two 
edifices  fitted  up  with  bath-rooms,  dressing-rooms  and  other  conven- 


64  YALE  COLLEGE. 

iences,  and  a  large  grand  stand  so  built  as  to  face  in  two  directions. 
There  are  two  beautiful  large  pines  at  the  main  entrance,  and  lovely 
drives  will  be  laid  out  all  through  the  grounds,  considerable  portions 
of  which  will  be  shaded  by  trees  planted  for  the  purpose.  There  is 
already  a  handsome  chestnut  grove  on  the  bluff,  just  above  the  river. 
Of  course  all  these  improvements  will  require  considerable  time  for 
completion,  from  the  nature  of  things,  but  the  work  is  going  on  as 
rapidly  and  steadily  as  is  consistent  with  the  best  results.  The  cost  of 
the  land  was  about  $21,000,  and  the  improvements  will  cost  from 
$10,000  to  $20,000  more.  The  money  is  subscribed  mostly  by  gradu- 
ates and  students  of  Yale. 

HAMILTON  PARK.  — Hamilton  Park,  located  about  a  mile  and 
three-quarters  from  the  University,  is  accessible  by  the  Westville  horse- 
cars,  these  vehicles  passing  directly  by  the  main  entrance,  which  is  on 
Whalley  Avenue.  The  park  is  a  very  large,  level  tract  of  land,  sur- 
rounded by  a  high  board  fence.  An  excellent  half-mile  track  occupies 
a  portion  of  the  space,  and  it  is  in  the  southern  half  of  the  ellipse 
formed  by  this  track  that  practically  all  the  important  base-ball  and 
foot-ball  games  in  New  Haven,  between  the  representatives  of  Yale 
and  those  of  other  colleges,  have  been  played.  On  this  field  Yale  has 
won  many  of  her  most  brilliant  triumphs.  Here  was  witnessed  the 
famous  5  to  o  game  with  Harvard,  in  base-ball,  and  on  these  grounds 
Thompson  kicked  the  goal  which  gave  Yale  the  foot-ball  champion- 
ship over  Harvard  away  back  in  1876,  and  which  Yale  has  held  unin- 
terruptedly to  the  present  time.  In  base-ball  at  Hamilton  Park 
between  Yale  and  Harvard,  of  eight  University  games  Yale  has  won 
six  and  Harvard  two;  and  of  the  five  class  games  played  there  between 
Yale  and  Harvard,  Yale  has  won  all.  At  the  close  of  the  base-ball 
season  of  1881,  there  had  been  sixty-four  games  of  base-ball  between 
the  University  and  class  nines  of  Yale  and  those  of  Harvard,  since 
1866  (when  the  first  game  was  played),  of  which  Yale  won  35  and 
Harvard  29.  Of  the  total  of  perhaps  twenty-five  base-ball  games 


YALE  ATHLETIC  INTEBESTS,  ETC.  65 

played  since  1876,  between  Yale  and  other  colleges  than  Harvard,  Yale 
won  twenty.  For  the  six  successive  years  ending  with  the  season 
of  1884,  Yale  has  held  the  championship  in  base-ball  over  all  other 
colleges.  In  1880  this  result  was  secured  by  defeating  Princeton, 
after  the  latter  had  beaten  all  other  nines.  Of  eight  college  games 
in  that  year  Yale  won  seven  and  lost  one.  In  1881  Yale  won  seven 
college  games  and  lost  three,  Harvard  and  Princeton  coming  second 
with  six  games  won  and  four  lost,  each.  The  result  was  exceedingly 
gratifying  to  Yale  from  the  fact  that  every  one  of  her  opponents  — 
Amherst,  Brown,  Dartmouth,  Harvard  and  Princeton  —  had  a  nine 
capable  of  contesting  the  supremacy  with  almost  any  professional  club 
in  the  country. 

On  Hamilton  Park  Yale  has  played  several  important  games  of 
foot-ball.  Since  1876,  when  the  present  custom  of  playing  by  the 
Rugby  rules  was  adopted,  Yale  has  never  lost  a  game  on  this  field, 
though  her  representatives  have  on  numerous  occasions  met  there  and 
played  with  teams  from  Harvard,  Amherst,  Columbia,  Trinity,  Rutgers 
and  other  colleges.  In  1876,  the  Yale  University  foot-ball  team  met 
and  defeated  the  Harvard  University  team,  one  goal  to  nothing;  in 
1877,  no  game  was  played;  in  1878,  Yale  met  and  defeated  the  Har- 
vard University  team  at  Boston,  one  goal  to  nothing;  in  1879,  the 
game  at  New  Haven  was  a  draw,  neither  side  winning  a  goal;  in 
iSSo,  Yale  met  and  defeated  the  Harvard  University  team  at  Boston, 
one  goal  to  nothing;  and  in  1881,  at  New  Haven,  Yale  was  again 
victorious,  having  compelled  Harvard  to  make  four  safety-touchdowns 
to  nothing.  And  so  on  down  to  the  close  of  the  season  of  1884, 
Yale  has  uninterruptedly  held  the  University  championship  over 
Harvard  at  foot-ball;  and  in  all  the  University  games  she  has  played 
in  foot-ball  with  college  opponents,  under  the  Rugby  rules,  Yale  has 
lost  but  two  goals  —  a  record  equalled  by  no  other  similar  organization, 
amateur  or  professional,  in  the  world.  The  Yale  University  foot-ball 
team  at  present  holds  the  championship  over  all  college  teams  in 
America,  having  won,  in  the  last  complete  series  played,  one  more 


66  TALE  COLLEGE. 

game  than  any  other  team  in  the  league.  In  class  games  of  foot-ball, 
also,  Yale  has  been  very  successful,  having  won  from  Harvard  since 
the  first  class  game  under  the  present  rules  in  '76,  eight  games  and 
lost  two.  Thus  of  the  total  of  nineteen  games  played  between  Yale 
and  Harvard,  Yale  has  won  fifteen,  Harvard  has  won  three,  and  one 
game  has  been  a  draw. 

THE  BOAT-HOUSE.  — The  Yale  Boat-House,  on  the  Chapel 
Street  bridge,  a  short  distance  below  East  Street,  is  well  worth  a  visit 
from  those  who  take  an  interest  in  aquatic  sports.  The  building 
stands  on  rows  of  piles  driven  into  the  bed  of  the  stream,  and  is  83  by 
75  feet  in  size.  It  resembles  closely  the  boat-house  of  the  London 
Rowing  Club.  Practically  the  entire  first  floor  is  occupied  as  a  store- 
room for  the  boats,  oars,  rowing  tackle,  etc.,  though  a  small  portion  of 
the  space  is  used  by  the  boat  carpenter  in  making  repairs.  The 
boats,  of  which  there  are  scores,  are  suspended  from  arms  attached  to 
the  posts  sustaining  the  second  floor,  and  are  arranged  in  tiers  one 
above  another.  Almost  every  variety  of  light  craft  is  found  here, 
.  from  the  genuine  Indian  canoe  to  the  paper  shell  used  in  the  Univer- 
sity race  with  Harvard.  Passing  along  between  the  tiers  of  boats  to 
the  west  side  of  the  room  five  large  doors  are  reached,  from  which 
very  broad  gang-planks  lead  to  the  float  —  a  wooden  platform  rising 
and  falling  with  the  tide.  When  it  is  desired  to  launch  a  boat  the  men 
who  are  to  use  it  take  it  from  its  station  in  the  boat-house,  carry  it  —  for 
all  the  boats  are  very  light  —  down  to  the  float,  place  it  in  the  water  and 
step  aboard.  The  second  story  contains  a  hall,  the  walls  of  which  are 
decorated  with  the  pictures  and  names  of  several  prominent  promoters 
of  Yale's  boating  interests.  This  floor  also  contains  an  office  and  a 
large  room  or  suite  of  rooms  filled  with  lockers  or  closets  for  the 
oarsmen.  Bath-rooms,  dressing-rooms,  etc.,  are  attached.  A  broad 
veranda  surrounds  the  second  story  and  affords  a  delightful  position 
from  which  to  view  those  practising  in  the  boats.  The  boat-house  is 
open  every  day  during  term-time.  Visitors  are  perfectly  welcome. 


TALE  ATHLETIC  INTEBESTS,  ETC.  67 

The  boat-house  was  built  in  the  spring  of  1875,  at  a  cost,  including 
the  land,  of  about  $16,500.  June  9,  1875,  ^  was  formally  dedicated, 
the  ceremonies  including  speeches  by  President  Porter,  Rev.  Joseph 
H.  Twichell,  Professor  Brewer  and  Mr.  W.  C.  Gulliver.  A  grand  ball 
in  the  evening  closed  the  festivities. 

Among  other  objects  of  interest,  the  Yale  boat-house  contains  the 
three  eight-oar  shells  in  which  the  Yale  University  Crew  won  its  tri- 
umphs over  the  Harvard  University  Crew  in  the  annual  races  of  1876, 
1880  and  1 88 1.  The  first  eight-oar  straight-away  race  between  the 
Yale  and.  Harvard  crews  was  rowed  at  Springfield,  Mass.,  in  1876. 
Yale  won.  In  1877  the  race  was  rowed  at  the  same  place,  and 
Harvard  won.  The  seven  remaining  races,  up  to  and  including  that 
of  1884,  were  rowed  on  the  Thames  at  New  London,  Conn.,  of  which 
Yale  won  three  and  Harvard  four;  Harvard  winning  those  of  '78,  '79, 
'82  and  '83,  and  Yale  those  of  1880,  '81  and  '84.  The  Yale  crew  of 
1880  and  1 88 1  is  universally  conceded  to  have  been  the  tallest,  heaviest, 
and  most  powerful  eight,  either  professional  or  amateur,  that  ever  sat  in  a 
boat.  The  men  averaged  about  six  feet  in  height,  weighed  176  pounds 
each,  and  had  an  average  age,  in  1881,  of  about  22^  years.  The  Yale 
crew  of  1876  was  lighter,  but  exceedingly  skilful,  and  from  its  num- 
bers, after  winning  the  University  race  from  Harvard,  was  chosen  the 
Yale  Centennial  Four  which  won  a  world-wide  fame  by  its  brilliant 
victories  at  Philadelphia  in  the  summer  of  that  year. 

Previous  to  1876,  in  the  races  where  several  colleges,  including  Yale 
and  Harvard,  had  crews,  Yale  won  one  and  Harvard  none.  The  race 
won  by  Yale  was  one  of  the  most  extensive  in  point  of  numbers  of 
colleges  represented,  ever  rowed  in  America,  eleven  crews  having 
been  engaged  in  the  contest.  Of  the  two  single-scull  races  rowed 
between  representatives  of  Yale  and  Harvard,  as  such,  Yale  won  both. 

Since  1852,  up  to  and  including  1884,  representatives  of  Yale  and 
Harvard,  as  such,  have  met  in  friendly  rivalry  on  the  water  thirty-eight 
times,  of  which  Yale  has  crossed  the  line  ahead  seventeen  times  and 
Harvard  twenty-one  times.  Twice  when  Yale  has  come  in  ahead  Har- 


68  YALE  COLLEGE. 

vard  has  received  the  nominal  victory  on  the  claim  of  a  foul,  the  real 
victory  remaining  with  Yale.  As  will  be  seen  above,  up  to  and  includ- 
ing 1884,  nine  eight- oar  races  had  been  rowed  between  the  University 
crews  of  Yale  and  Harvard,  of  which  Yale  won  four  and  Harvard 
five. 

SUMMARY  OF  BASE-BALL,  BOATING  AND  FOOT-BALL.— 

In  1852  Yale  and  Harvard  met  in  friendly  rivalry  in  college  sports  for 
the  first  time.  Since  that  year,  up  to  and  including  the  year  1884, 
representatives  of  the  two  colleges  have  contended  for  the  supremacy 
in  the  three  great  college  sports,  base-ball,  boating  and  foot-ball,  a 
total  of  one  hundred  and  forty-two  times,  in  which  Yale  has  been 
victorious  eighty-one  times,  Harvard  sixty  times,  and  there  has  been 
one  draw.  For  convenience  of  reference  the  following  table,  compiled 
from  the  facts  in  the  two  preceding  articles,  is  given :  — 


Yale 
won. 

Harvard 
won. 

•2A 

Foot-ball,      . 

1C 

3 

81 

60 

Total  of  decisive  contests  between 

Yale  and  Harvard, 

141 

Yale  victorious  over  Harvard, 
Harvard  victorious  over  Yale. 



81  times. 
60      « 

THE  YALE  UNIVERSITY  CLUB.  —  One  of  the  most  interesting 
of  the  more  recent  institutions  connected  with  the  University  is  the 
Yale  University  Club.  For  some  time  previous  to  June.  1880,  there 
had  been  some  talk  of  organizing  a  club  different  from  anything  in 
New  Haven,  but  no  definite  action  had  been  taken.  In  that  month, 
however,  about  twenty-five  men  from  the  class  of  1881,  and  as  many 
more  from  the  class  of  1882,  met,  discussed  the  project,  appointed  a 
committee  to  look  into  details,  etc.,  and  the  result  was  the  formal 


LIBRARY. 
(Page  27.) 


STUDENT'S    ROOM     IN     DURFEE. 
(Page  23.) 


YALE  ATHLETIC  INTERESTS,  ETC.  69 

organization  of  the  Yale  University  Club,  which  has  since  become 
incorporated.  Undergraduates  at  once  subscribed  about  $1,600, 
while  more  than  a  hundred  graduates  became  honorary  members  and 
added  funds  to  the  treasury.  During  the  vacation  of  1880,  a  lease, 
with  privilege  of  purchase,  was  obtained  of  the  large  three-story  brick, 
stuccoed  front,"  house  at  No.  438  Chapel  Street,  immediately  below  the 
New  Haven  House  and  facing  the  Green.  In  the  course  of  the 
summer  the  building  was  re-fitted  and  re-furnished  at  an  expense  of 
$2,000,  making  the  place  a  most  inviting  one.  On  the  first  floor  front 
is  the  restaurant,  and  in  the  rear  is  an  omce4  where  writing  materials 
are  furnished  for  the  use  of  members  of  the  club.  On  the  second  floor 
is  a  large  and  pleasant  reading-room,  overlooking  the  Green,  with  open 
fire,  papers,  magazines,  etc.  This  is  the  general  meeting-room.  The 
two  remaining  rooms  on  this  floor  are  for  private  clubs.  On  the  third 
floor  are  four  rooms  used  for  the  same  purpose.  The  yard  in  the  rear 
of  the  building  serves  as  a  lawn  tennis  court.  Membership  in  the  club 
is  confined  to  the  two  upper  classes  in  the  Academical  Department  and 
the  upper  class  in  the  Scientific  Department,  and  to  graduates.  The 
club  is  chiefly  valued  for  its  social  advantages,  as  it  gives  men  in  the 
two  upper  classes  an  opportunity  for  a  freer  and  better  intercourse 
than  seniors  and  juniors  have  hitherto  enjoyed.  A  second  object  is  to 
bring  the  graduates  and  undergraduates  into  communication,  and  a 
third  is  to  furnish  a  sort  of  headquarters  for  Yale  men  in  and  out  of 
New  Haven,  where  they  can  meet  and  consult.  In  short  it  is  to  draw 
closer  the  bonds  which  unite  all  members  of  the  great  Yale  family, 
gradually  extending  its  limits  as  room  and  means  permit. 

THE  FENCE. —  The  visitor  to  Yale  could  hardly  lay  claim  to  hav- 
ing seen  all  the  objects  of  interest  were  he  to  depart  without  viewing 
the  widely  renowned  and  ever  popular  "  Fence."  The  memory  of  the 
"  oldest  living  graduate  "  runneth  not  back  to  the  time  when  the  fence 
surrounding  the  Yale  campus  first  became  popular  as  a  rendezvous  for 
students.  An  old  graduate  states  incidentally  in  a  letter  that  nearly 


7o  YALE  COLLEGE. 

half  a  century  ago  he  and  several  companions  decided  to  establish  the 
Yale  Literary  Magazine,  one  evening  "while  sitting  on  the  fence." 
And  what  is  this  fence  ?  Simply  a  three-railed,  wooden  structure,  the 
rails  being  round  and  about  four  inches  in  diameter,  the  upper  rail 
affording  a  good  seat  and  the  middle  one  a  convenient  place  on  which 
to  rest  the  feet.  "  The  Fence  "  proper  is  that  portion  on  the  corner  of 
Chapel  and  College  streets  which  extends  from  the  corner  westward 
on  Chapel  Street  to  South  College  and  northward  on  College  Street 
a  distance  of  perhaps  300  feet.  Here  on  every  pleasant  evening 
hundreds  of  students  gather,  the  seniors  occupying  the  portion  of  the 
fence  on  Chapel  Street  from  South  College  down  to  the  first  gate,  the 
juniors  the  portion  from  that  gate  to  the  corner  of  College  Street,  and 
the  sophomores  the  portion  on  College  Street  from  the  corner  to  the 
first  gate.  By  college  custom,  which  is  more  faithfully  obeyed  than 
any  statute  ever  framed,  no  freshman  is  allowed  to  sit  on  the  fence  until 
the  freshman  base-ball  nine  has  defeated  the  Harvard  freshman  base- 
ball nine  in  a  match  game.  These  games  do  not  occur  until  quite  near 
the  close  of  freshman  year,  yet  so  zealously  coveted  is  the  honor  of 
sitting  on  the  fence  for  even  that  short  period,  that  but  two  classes  have 
failed,  during  fifteen  years,  to  beat  the  Harvard  freshmen  at  base-ball. 
After  "winning  the  fence,"  the  freshmen  are  at  perfect  liberty  to  occupy 
their  section  of  it,  from  the  first  gate  on  College  Street  northward  as 
much  as  they  choose  without  molestation  from  anyone.  A  sophomore 
would  never  think  of  sitting  on  the  junior  fence  nor  a  junior  on  the  sen- 
ior fence — in  other  words,  no  under-classman  ever  sits  on  the  fence  of 
an  upper-classman,  but  an  upper-classman  may  sit  on  the  fence  of  any 
class  below  him.  About  a  week  before  Commencement  a  sophomore, 
selected  for  the  occasion,  delivers  a  humorous  speech,  resigning  the 
sophomore  fence  to  the  freshmen  about  to  become  sophomores.  A 
freshman  always  attempts  to  reply,  but  his  voice  is  drowned  by  shouts 
of  the  hundreds  of  upper-classmen  who  have  gathered  around  him. 
Just  previous  to  this  ceremony  the  three  upper  classes  have,  headed  by 
a  band,  marched  in  procession  all  through  the  campus,  and  the  streets 


YALE  ATHLETIC  INTEBESTS,  ETC.  71 

are  lined  with  ladies  and  gentlemen  gathered  to  witness  the  affair.  On 
ordinary  occasions,  while  sitting  on  the  fence,  the  classes  sing  college 
songs,  tell  stories  and  plan  all  sorts  of  things.  Whenever  anything  of 
importance  has  happened,  a  grand  rush  is  made  for  the  fence,  where 
particulars  are  always  first  obtained.  But  "  The  Fence  "  is  as  dear 
to  the  graduate  as  to  the  undergraduate,  and  in  Commencement  week  if 
an  alumnus  who  has  returned  to  the  scenes  of  his  college  days  desires 
to  find  his  classmates,  he  straightway  turns  his  footsteps  toward  the 
corner  of  Chapel  and  College  streets,  where  he  is  sure  to  discover  his 
cronies  assembled,  as  in  days  of  yore,  "  On  the  Fence."  Once  there 
he  is  perfectly  happy, 

"  Nor  other  home,  nor  other  care  intends; 
But  quits  his  house,  his  country  and  his  friends." 


7  2  YALE  COLLEGE. 


COMMENCEMENT,  AND  OTHER  FESTIVALS, 


COMMENCEMENT  WEEK.— So  many  visitors  are  present  in 
New  Haven  during  Commencement  Week,  and  on  various  other 
public  occasions,  that  it  may  not  be  inappropriate  to  give  a  brief  out- 
line of  the  exercises  generally  pursued  at  those  times.  Commence- 
ment Day  at  Yale  occurs  on  the  last  Wednesday  in  June,  annually, 
and  Commencement  Week  is  the  week  ending  on  Commencement 
Day.  On  Friday  preceding  Commencement  Day  ten  members  of  the 
senior  class  compete  for  the  De  Forest  prize  medal,  valued  at  $100, 
awarded  "  to  that  scholar  of  the  class  who  shall  write  and  pronounce 
an  English  oration  in  the  best  manner."  The  exercises  occur  in 
Battell  Chapel.  On  the  forenoon  of  the  following  Sunday,  at  10.30, 
the  President  delivers  the  baccalaureate  sermon  at  Battell  Chapel. 
The  next  day,  Monday,  is  Presentation  Day,  more  familiarly  known 
among  the  students  as  Class-Day.  At  10.30  A.M.  the  members  of  the 
senior  class  of  the  Academical  Department  form  in  procession  near  the 
Old  Chapel  and  march  thence  to  Battell  Chapel,  where  the  exercises 
consist  of  singing,  the  reading  of  a  poem  by  the  class  poet  and  the 
delivery  of  an  address  by  the  class  orator,  at  the  close  of  which  a  list  of 
the  successful  contestants  for  various  prizes  is  read  by  the  President. 
In  the  afternoon,  at  2  o'clock,  the  senior  class  assembles  within  an 
immense  amphitheatre  of  seats  constructed  specially  for  the  occasion 
on  the  campus,  in  front  of  South  Middle  College.  The  raised  seats, 
capable  of  accommodating  several  thousand  persons,  are  filled  with 
fair  friends  of  the  class,  while  the  students  themselves  sit  on  benches 


COMMENCEMENT,  AND  OTHER  FESTIVALS.      73 

arranged  for  the  purpose  within  the  circle.  The  exercises  open  with 
the  passing  around  of  very  long-stemmed  pipes,  which  may  be  filled 
from  great  bucketsful  of  fine-cut  tobacco  prepared  for  the  purpose. 
Lemonade  in  abundance  completes  the  outfit.  Programmes  are  dis- 
tributed, a  song  or  two  is  sung,  and  then  the  class  historians,  of  whom 
there  are  four  or  five,  take  turns  in  reading  the  "  history  "  of  the  class 
and  of  its  individual  members.  Generally  the  wittiest  men  in  the 
class  are  chosen  for  these  positions,  and  the  result  is  that  the  entire 
audience  is  kept  in  an  almost  continual  roar  of  laughter  at  the  jokes 
perpetrated  on  the  various  members  of  the  class.  At  the  completion 
of  these  exercises,  the  class  forms  in  procession,  and,  headed  by  a 
band,  marches  to  some  chosen  spot  beside  one  of  the  stone  buildings 
on  the  campus,  and  plants  the  class  ivy;  a  brief  ceremony,  which 
is  quite  touching.  Again  forming  in  line  the  procession  marches 
to  the  residences  of  the  President  and  the  older  professors,  saluting 
them  with  cheers.  Returning  to  the  campus,  the  class  cheers  the 
various  buildings,  and,  at  dusk,  breaks  ranks  for  the  last  time  as  a 
class. 

On  Tuesday  of  Commencement  Week  the  Society  of  the  Alumni 
holds  its  anniversary  at  Alumni  Hall,  when  the  state  of  the  College 
is  discussed  and  business  matters  in  reference  thereto  taken  into  con- 
sideration. Speeches  are  indulged  in  to  a  considerable  extent.  On 
the  same  day  occurs  the  anniversary  of  the  Scientific  Department  at 
Sheffield  Hall,  and  of  the  Law  Department  at  the  Law  School  Build- 
ing, at  which  there  is  speaking,  award  of  prizes,  etc.,  and  a  general 
good  time.  It  is  usually  intended  to  have  one  or  more  excellent 
speakers  present,  so  that  the  visitor  is  sure  of  a  rare  treat. 

COMMENCEMENT  DAY —  Commencement  Day  is  the  most  inter- 
esting and  important  of  any  in  the  college  calendar.  As  early  as  1717 
it  became  a  public  festival,  and  from  that  time  to  the  present  has  ever 
been  looked  forward  to  with  great  pleasure,  in  each  succeeding  year, 
by  graduates  and  undergraduates,  clergy  and  laymen,  faculty  and 


74  YALE  COLLEGE. 

students,  mothers,  brothers,  sisters  and  friends.  On  that  day  hundreds 
of  ladies  and  gentlemen,  gathered  from  all  parts  of  the  country,  are 
present  in  the  beautiful  "  City  of  Elms  "  to  witness  the  graduation  of 
sons  and  brothers,  cousins  and  lovers.  Wealth,  beauty,  culture  and 
refinement  are  all  largely  represented.  An  entire  stranger  to  the  city 
and  to  the  College  would  recognize  at  once  by  the  remarkable  animation 
and  general  holiday  air  that  the  day  was  one  of  unusual  importance. 
Shortly  after  9  o'clock  in  the  forenoon  all  the  graduates  who  happen 
to  be  in  town  assemble  on  the  campus,  near  the  corner  of  Chapel  and 
College  streets,  where  a  procession  is  formed,  consisting  of  the  Presi- 
dent and  distinguished  guests,  graduates  in  the  order  of  graduation, 
graduates  of  other  colleges,  and  the  graduating  classes,  in  the  order 
here  given.  The  procession  marches  out  through  the  Chapel  Street 
gate,  moves  along  College  Street  to  the  Old  State  House  entrance  to 
New  Haven  Green,  and  thence  to  Centre  Church,  where  Commence- 
ment exercises  are  held.  Here  the  procession  files  into  the  church 
between  lines  of  undergraduates  drawn  up  on  either  side  of  the 
entrance,  and  takes  seats  that  have  been  reserved  for  it  near  the  centre 
aisle.  Meanwhile  the  spacious  edifice  has  filled  with  the  friends  of  the 
College  and  of  the  graduating  classes,  admission  having  been  gained 
by  tickets  distributed  among  those  about  to  graduate  and  by  them 
given  to  their  friends.  Every  available  seat  is  occupied.  Generations 
ago,  the  custom  was  adopted  of  seating  the  members  of  the  fair  sex 
upon  one  side  of  the  church  and  their  sterner  companions  on  the 
other,  at  Yale  commencements.  Tradition  has  it  that  this  method  was 
seized  upon  as  an  expedient  to  stop  whispering  while  the  speaking 
was  in  progress.  Whatever  the  motive,  the  result  has' been  a  much 
more  quiet  state  of  affairs  during  the  exercises  than  was  enjoyed  pre- 
vious to  the  adoption  of  the  plan,  which  has  been  quite  consistently 
adhered  to  even  to  the  present  day.  The  above  explanation  will  make 
clear  to  the  visitor  what  might  otherwise  seem  very  peculiar  to  him 
upon  entering  Centre  Church  on  Commencement  Day.  The  exercises 
at  the  church  consist  of  prayer  and  music,  the  delivery  of  the  valedictory 


SHEFFIELD    HALL. 
(Page  40.) 


NORTH    SHEFFIELD    HALL. 
(Page  41.) 


COMMENCEMENT,  AND  OTHEE  FESTIVALS.       75 

and  salutatory  addresses,  and  speaking  by  ten  of  the  best  orators  in  the 
graduating  class.  As  a  general  thing,  the  last  speaker  closes  at  about 
i  o'clock  P.M.,  when  the  graduating  class,  having  been  formed  two 
abreast,  just  outside  the  entrance,  marches  up  to  and  upon  the  plat- 
form, in  squads  of  a  dozen  or  fifteen,  and  there  receives  from  the  hand 
of  the  President,  rolls  of  degrees,  which  are  assorted  after  the  squads 
have  passed  down  and  out  of  the  church.  The  presentation  of  the 
degrees  is  accompanied  by  a  very  brief  address  in  Latin  from  the 
President.  Immediately  after  the  last  degree  has  been  conferred  the 
exercises  are  brought  to  a  close  by  singing  and  the  benediction. 

The  ringing  of  the  Centre  Church  bell  at  the  conclusion  of  the 
literary  exercises  warns  the  graduates,  young  and  old,  to  wend  their 
way,  in  company  with  their  special  guests,  to  Alumni  Hall,  where  a 
substantial  repast  has  been  prepared.  Speeches  follow  the  dinner, 
and  evening  is  fast  approaching  ere  the  assemblage  finally  and  reluc- 
tantly takes  its  departure. 

In  the  evening,  the  President  holds  a  reception  at  the  School  of  the 
Fine  Arts,  when  it  is  customary  for  all  who  attend  to  do  so  in  full 
evening  dress.  The  halls  and  galleries  of  the  spacious  edifice  are 
always  filled  to' their  utmost  capacity  on  these  occasions.  The  recep- 
tion usually  continues  from  8  o'clock  until  10  o'clock,  and  with  its 
close  terminates  Commencement. 

JUNIOR  EXHIBITION. —  Junior  Exhibition,  an  institution  extend- 
ing back  many  years,  occurs  annually  on  the  Thursday  next  preceding 
the  spring  recess,  this  recess  beginning  usually  on  the  Wednesday  pre- 
ceding Easter.  Several  weeks  previous  to  that  time  all  members  of 
the  junior  class  of  the  Academical  Department  having  a  certain  rank 
are  required  to  write  an  essay  on  any  one  of  perhaps  eight  subjects 
provided  by  the  professor  of  rhetoric.  The  writers  of  the  ten  best 
essays  are  afterward  chosen  to  declaim  their  productions  in  public. 
The  occasion  on  which  the  declamations  take  place  is  known  as  the 
Junior  Exhibition,  or  more  familiarly,  "  Junior  Ex."  It  occurs  on  the 


7 6  YALE  COLLEGE. 

day  mentioned  above,  in  the  Battell  Chapel  at  2  o'clock  P.M.,  and  is 
quite  fully  attended,  the  audience  generally  containing  quite  a  number 
of  visitors  from  other  cities.  Taking  the  first  prize  is  considered  the 
greatest  honor  of  junior  year. 

JUNIOR  PROMENADE. —  The  most  important  social  event  of  the 
year  is  the  Junior  Promenade,  which  occurs  in  the  second  term,  just 
previous  to  Lent.  It  is  gotten  up  in  the  most  elegant  manner,  by  a 
committee  of  the  leading  society  men  of  the  junior  class  appointed 
especially  for  that  purpose.  Neither  pains  nor  expense  are  spared. 
Even  the  minutest  details  receive  the  utmost  care.  Elegant  cards  of 
invitation  are  issued,  on  which  appears  the  class  numeral  disposed  with 
great  taste,  while  the  order  of  dances,  etc.,  displays  the  highest  skill 
of  the  "  art  preservative."  Carll's  Opera  House  is  the  scene  of  the 
festivities,  which  are  attended  by  fashion  and  beauty  from  all  sections 
of  the  country.  No  event  of  the  kind,  anywhere,  excels  the  magnifi- 
cence of  the  Junior  Promenade  at  Yale,  and  no  college  event,  except 
Commencement,  attracts  so  large  an  attendance  of  visitors.  The 
influx  is  very  noticeable  about  the  College  for  two  or  three  days  previ- 
ous to  the  Promenade,  and  the  most  casual  observer  cannot  but  notice 
the  air  of  festivity  which  prevails.  Many  of  those  who  have  come  for 
the  purpose  of  being  present  at  the  Promenade  attend  college  prayers, 
during  their  stay,  at  Battell  Chapel,  occupying  the  spacious  galleries. 

SENIOR  PROMENADE. —  The  Senior  Promenade,  occurring  on 
the  evening  of  the  Monday  preceding  Commencement,  ranks  with  the 
leading  social  events  of  college  life  at  Yale.  Like  the  Junior  Prome- 
nade, it  is  carried  out  in  elegant  style,  and  enjoys  as  its  guests  the 
beauty  and  refinement  of  the  land.  For  years  it  was  held  at  Alumni 
Hall,  when  the  campus  was  lighted  up  with  a  profusion  of  Chinese 
lanterns,  presenting  a  weird  but  very  attractive  spectacle.  Hencefor- 
ward these  Promenades  will  occur  at  Carll's  Opera  House,  opposite  the 
college  grounds,  on  Chapel  Street. 


LAYING-  OUT 

THE  YALE  • 
ATHLETIC    GROUNDS 


THE  CITY  OF  ELMS: 

NEW  HAVEN,  CONNECTICUT. 


MAP  OF 

NEW  HAVEN 


HISTORY  IX  BEIEF.  8 1 


HISTORY  IN  BRIEF, 


NEW  HAVEN,  the  home  of  the  distinguished  University  described  in 
the  preceding  pages,  lies  at  the  head  of  New  Haven  Bay,  Connecticut, 
on  an  alluvial  plain  four  miles  from  Long  Island  Sound,  and  seventy- 
three  miles  from  New  York  City.  The  land  in  the  portions  thus  far 
built  upon,  is  quite  level,  terminating  very  abruptly  in  a  range  of  trap- 
dikes,  the  two  highest  points  in  which  are  known  as  West  Rock  and 
East  Rock,  respectively.  The  site  of  the  city  was  once,  long  ages  ago, 
the  mouth  of  the  Connecticut  River.  The  formation  of  the  trap-dikes 
and  ridges,  of  which  East  and  West  Rocks  are  a  part,  formed  an  impassi- 
ble barrier,  however,  and  "  in  this  extremity  the  river,"  as  Prof.  James 
D.  Dana  says, "  finding  a  way  to  the  south-eastward  open  before  it, 
made  a  rush  through  the  narrows  at  Middletown  and  was  off  for  Say- 
brook,  leaving  New  Haven  in  the  lurch.  Perhaps,  after  all,  New 
Haven  is  none  the  worse  for  the  loss.  If  New  Haven  Bay  were  now 
the  mouth  of  the  Connecticut,  the  fair  plain,  the  site  of  the  city  and  its 
surrounding  villages,  would  be  swept  by  floods  and  tides,  and  build- 
ing places  would  be  confined  to  the  slopes  and  tops  of  the  Rocks  and 
other  hills.  New  Haven  has  balanced  the  account  with  Saybrook  by 
taking  from  her  Yale  College;  and  we  think  she  has  double  reason  to 
be  content  with  the  change." 

New  Haven  was  founded  in  1638  by  a  party  of  Puritans  under  John 
Davenport,  who  had  been  forced  to  leave  England  in  1637,  and  had, 
after  remaining  at  Boston  nearly  a  year,  continued  their  travels  to  the 
site  of  the  present  New  Haven,  then  known  as  Quinnipiac.  The 


82  YALE,  AND  THE  CITY  OF  ELMS. 

"  most  opulent  colony  which  came  into  New  England,"  its  members, 
under  Davenport's  direction,  immediately  laid  out  a  portion  of  the 
land  into  nine  squares  for  buildings,  reserving  the  large  central  square 
for  public  uses.  The  boundaries  of  the  land  thus  portioned  off  into 
squares  are  the  present  York,  State,  Grove  and  George  streets,  and  the 
first  dwellings  were  erected  on  or  near  George  Street,  between  Church 
and  College  streets.  For  many  years  the  colony  was  governed  by  its 
seven  most  distinguished  church  members,  Davenport,  by  virtue  of  his 
intelligence,  uprightness  and  natural  ability  as  a  leader,  continuing  at 
the  head.  From  the  first,  when  they  bought  the  land  of  the  Quinni- 
piac  Indians  for  "12  coats  of  English  cloth,  12  alchymy  spoons,  12 
hatchets,  12  hoes,  2  dozen  knives,  12  porringers  and  4  cases  of  French 
knives  and  scissors,"  the  New  Haven  colonists  seem  to  have  been  great 
traders,  and  trading  posts  were  early  established  at  various  points  on 
the  Delaware.  These  were  broken  up  by  the  Swedes,  whereupon  many 
of  the  settlers,  becoming  discouraged,  determined  to  sail  in  1647,  to  Gal- 
loway, Ireland.  The  ship  was  never  heard  from,  though  there  is  a  tradi- 
tion that  upon  a  day  months  after  the  departure,  the  craft  sailed  into 
New  Haven  harbor,  in  the  face  of  the  wind,  and  suddenly,  when  near 
the  wharf,  vanished  into  thin  air.  The  myth  has  been  beautifully  put 
in  verse  by  Longfellow  in  his  "  Phantom  Ship."  In  1665  New  Haven 
Plantation  united  with  Connecticut  (Hartford)  Plantation,  on  the  condi- 
tion that  each  town  should  remain  a  capital.  Thus  it  happened  that  for 
over  two  centuries,  or  until  within  a  very  few  years  of  the  present  time, 
Connecticut  had  two  capitals;  one  at  Hartford,  the  other  at  New  Haven. 
Indian  wars  for  some  time  gave  the  New  Haveners  much  trouble, 
while  the  Revolution  caused  an  almost  infinite  amount  of  privation, 
distress  and  sorrow.  From  here  marched  Benedict  Arnold  to  Cam- 
bridge in  1775  with  the  Governor's  Guards,  reputed  to  have  been  the 
best  company  in  the  American  army;  and  here  Washington  reviewed 
the  troops  while  on  his  way  to  take  the  position  of  Commander-in- 
Chief  at  Cambridge.  At  sunrise,  July  5th,  1779,  about  two  thousand 
Hessians  and  Tories  landed  on  the  West  Haven  shore,  four  miles  from 


EAST    DIVINITY    HALL. 
(Page  44.) 


WEST    DIVINITY.     TROWBRIDGE    LIBRARY.     MARQUAND    CHAPEL. 
(Pages  44,  45.) 


HISTOR  Y  IN  BEIEF.  83 

New  Haven.  Their  march  to  the  town  was  very  much  impeded  by 
Yale  students,  headed  by  President  Daggett,  and  by  townsmen  and 
militia,  who  contested  every  inch  of  ground.  President  Daggett  was, 
among  others,  captured  with  gun  in  hand,  and  taken  to  town  as  a 
prisoner.  New  Haven  was  pillaged,  and,  in  part,  destroyed  by  fire. 
It  was  some  years  before  the  effects  of  this  blow  were  entirely  recov- 
ered from.  With  the  dawn  of  better  days,  New  Haven,  incorporated 
a  city  in  1 784,  entered  upon  a  career  of  remarkable  prosperity,  which 
has  continued  almost  uninterrupted  to  the  present  time.  Very  few  are 
the  cities,  anywhere,  that  have  grown  so  steadily  and  continued  so 
rapidly  to  increase  in  wealth  and  population.  In  1820  the  number  of 
inhabitants  was  but  8,326,  while  in  1860  it  had  increased  to  39,268; 
in  1870  to  50,840;  in  1880  to  62,882;  and  in  the  fall  of  1881  it  prob- 
ably very  closely  approached  to  65,000.  In  size,  New  Haven  ranks 
third  among  New  England  cities,  Boston  and  Providence,  only,  exceed- 
ing it.  To  a  considerable  degree  this  success  is  due  to  manufacturing, 
which  is  carried  on  to  a  great  extent  and  in  almost  every  conceivable 
variety.  For  years  New  Haven  was  one  of  the  leading  cities  in  the 
world  in  the  manufacture  of  carriages;  and  to-day  an  immense  num- 
ber of  vehicles  of  the  very  finest  description  are  turned  out,  and  find 
their  way  to  all  the  countries  of  the  globe.  Fire-arms  of  the  most 
approved  patterns,  clocks,  locks  and  fish-lines,  paper  boxes  and  knick- 
knacks  of  all  kinds  are  annually  manufactured  at  New  Haven  by 
millions.  Pianos,  organs,  rubber  boots  and  shoes,  corsets,  scales,  hay- 
cutters,  etc.,  are  also  produced  in  New  Haven  in  great  quantity.  It  is 
a  fact  that,  let  one  go  where  he  will,  in  the  "  City  of  Elms "  he  is 
quite  sure  to  find  all  available  space  in  the  rear  of  stores  and  dwell- 
ings occupied  by  factories,  each  of  which  is  a  bee-hive  of  industry. 
A  large  pork-packing  industry  and  an  extensive  West  India  trade,  also, 
are  carried  on.  As  would  be  expected  of  a  city  so  prosperous  in 
trade  and  manufacture,  its  business  houses  include  many  structures  of 
the  largest  size,  filled  with  goods  o§  the  very  best  quality  and  descrip- 
tion. An  air  of  thrift  pervades  them  all,  from  the  great  wholesale 


84  YALE,  AND  THE  CITY  OF  ELMS. 

houses  on  State  Street,  to  the  less  pretentious  retail  up-town  stores. 
The  stranger  needs  to  remain  in  New  Haven  but  a  very  short  time  to 
discover  that  he  is  in  a  very  lively,  bright  and  wide-awake  New  Eng- 
land city. 

But  hand  in  hand  with  material  prosperity  and  growth,  in  the  "  City 
of  Elms,"  have  gone  an  intellectual  growth  and  a  continued  social 
advance,  so  that  in  no  city  in  the  world  are  the  people  more  generally 
or  highly  educated,  or  the  tone  of  society  better.  The  colonists  who 
settled  here  were  eminently  intelligent,  clear-minded  persons,  appreci- 
ating fully  the  great  advantages  of  refinement  and  education.  Almost 
their  first  act  after  forming  a  church  was  the  establishment  of  a  school. 
Yale  College  is  one  of  the  great  results  of  their  policy.  Descended 
from  so  worthy  an  ancestry,  the  community  of  to-day  could  not  be 
other  than  the  highly  cultivated,  vigorous  one  that  it  is. 

And  what  of  New  Haven's  general  appearance?  It  is  unquestion- 
ably one  of  the  most  beautiful  cities  in  the  world,  and  one  which  the 
stranger  always  remembers  with  pleasure.  Nowhere  else  can  be 
found  the  wealth  of  broad-spreading,  shadow-casting  elms  possessed 
by  New  Haven.  Its  appellation,  the  "  City  of  Elms,"  is  well  applied. 
Street  after  street,  avenue  after  avenue,  is  arched  with  these  noble 
trees.  As  to  beauty  and  variety  of  architecture  displayed  in  the 
dwellings,  nothing,  anywhere,  excels  it.  A  vast  majority  of  the  houses 
are  of  wood,  while  no  two,  scarcely,  are  alike.  Every  style  and  shape 
seem  to  have  been  brought  into  requisition.  As  a  rule,  the  residences 
have  more  or  less  lawn  and  yard  room,  the  habit  of  crowding  the 
buildings  thickly  together,  so  often  seen  in  a  large  city,  being  con- 
spicuously absent.  The  streets,  as  a  general  thing,  are  broad  and 
straight,  and  in  most  cases  cross  one  another  at  right  angles.  In  this 
respect  New  Haven  clearly  resembles  Philadelphia,  which,  however,  it 
much  preceded  in  the  use  of  this  method,  inasmuch  as  the  original  nine 
squares  of  which  New  Haven  was  composed,  were  laid  out  long  years 
before  William  Penn  founded  thi  "  City  of  Brotherly  Love."  Like 
Philadelphia  too,  New  Haven  has  several  beautiful  public  parks  or 


HISTOE  Y  IN  BEIEF.  85 

greens,  appearing  here  and  there  about  the  city,  like  grass-plats  in  a 
garden.  Willis's  description  of  the  city's  appearance,  though  written  a 
number  of  years  ago,  and  as  he  recollected  seeing  it  in  his  college 
days,  still  applies  well,  in  a  general  way,  and  will  bear  reproduction  at 
this  time : — 

"  If  you  were  to  set  a  poet  to  make  a  town,  with  carte  blanche  as  to 
trees,  gardens  and  green  blinds,  he  would  probably  turn  out  very 
much  such  a  place  as  New  Haven.  The  first  thought  of  the  inventor 
of  New  Haven  was  to  lay  out  the  streets  in  parallelograms;  the  sec- 
ond was  to  plant  them  from  suburb  to  water-side,  with  the  magnificent 
elms  of  the  country.  The  result  is  that,  at  the  end  of  fifty  years,  the 
town  is  buried  in  leaves.  If  it  were  not  for  the  spires  of  the  churches, 
a  bird  flying  over  on  his  autumn  voyage  to  the  Floridas  would  never 
mention  having  seen  it  in  his  travels.  The  houses  are  something 
between  an  Italian  palace  and  an  English  cottage, — built  of  wood, 
but,  in  the  dim  light  of  those  overshadowing  trees,  as  fair  to  the 
eye  as  marble,  with  their  triennial  coats  of  paint;  and  each  stands  in 
the  midst  of  its  own  encircling  grass-plot,  half  buried  in  vines  and 
flowers,  and  facing  outward  from  a  cluster  of  gardens  divided  by 
slender  palings,  and  filling  up  with  fruit  trees  and  summer-houses  the 
square  on  whose  limit  it  stands.  Then,  like  the  vari-colored  parallelo- 
grams upon  a  chess-board,  green  openings  are  left  throughout  the 
town,  fringed  with  triple  and  interweaving  elm  rows,  the  long  weep- 
ing branches  sweeping  downward  to  the  grass,  and,  with  their  inclos- 
ing shadows,  keeping  moist  and  cool  the  road  they  overhang." 

Concerning  the  scenery  about  New  Haven,  it  is,  as  Professor  Beers 
has  well  said,  "  uncommonly  rich  and  varied,  tempting  constantly  to 
holiday  walks  and  sails,  and  lending  a  romantic  charm  to  the  memories 
of  undergraduate  life.  There  is  an  intimate  blending  of  sea-side  and 
inland.  Brackish  creeks  empty  and  fill  their  sluices  with  tide-water, 
at  the  bases  of  cliffs  miles  from  the  sea.  Following  a  path  through 


86  TALE,  AND   THE  CITY  OF  ELMS. 

woods,  you  come  out  suddenly  on  the  borders  of  a  salt  marsh,  where 
gulls  are  flying  about.  Lying  under  the  trees  of  an  orchard  seemingly 
in  the  heart  of  the  continent,  you  lift  your  eyes  and  see  across  the 
clover-tops  the  sparkle  of  the  sun  on  the  waters  of  the  Sound,  and  the 
sail  of  a  vessel  bound  for  New  York.  You  could  put  out  your  hand 
and  touch  it,  lying  under  the  apple-trees." 

Thus  much  for  New  Haven  in  general.  Now  for  a  few  hints  to  the 
visitor,  and  brief  descriptions  of  various  objects  of  interest  about  the 
city.  In  the  first  place,  the  visitor  will  probably  arrive  either  by  cars, 
or  by  steamboat  from  New  York.  The  hotels  may  be  reached  by 
horse  cars  or  coaches,  from  the  New  Haven  line  of  steamboats  or 
from  the  Union  depot,  at  which  all  trains,  except  those  of  the  Derby 
road,  stop.  Coaches  are  the  means  of  conveyance  from  the  wharf  of 
the  Starin  Line  of  steamboats. 

Fares  in  the  public  carriages  or  coaches  from  any  railroad  station  or 
steamboat  dock  to  any  point  within  the  city  limits,  are  fifty  cents  for 
one  passenger,  seventy-five  cents  for  two  passengers  destined  for  the 
same  point;  and  for  each  additional  passenger,  more  than  two,  like- 
wise destined,  twenty-five  cents.  Children  over  four  and  under  ten 
years  of  age,  one-half  the  above  rates.  Each  passenger  is  entitled  at 
these  rates,  which  are  established  by  law,  to  the  carriage  of  one  trunk 
and  valise  or  other  similar  article.  In  the  horse  cars  the  fare  is  five 
cents  on  the  lines  running  from  the  depot  to  the  principal  thorough- 
fare,— Chapel  Street, — and  six  cents  on  all  other  lines.  By  purchasing 
a  transfer  check,  price  eight  cents,  on  the  single  car  in  front  of  the 
Union  depot,  the  visitor  may  secure  a  ride  to  within  a  few  rods  of  any  of 
the  principal  hotels,  which  are  the  New  Haven  House,  the  Elliott  House, 
the  Tontine  Hotel  and  the  Tremont  House,  ranking  in  the  order 
named.  The  New  Haven  House  is  one  of  the  best  managed  hotels  in 
America,  and  is  first-class  in  every  respect. 

The  visitor  will  find  that  most  of  the  principal  points  of  interest 
beyond  easy  walking  distance  of  the  hotels  may  be  reached  by  horse 
cars.  For  points  in  Fair  Haven  and  the  eastern  section  of  the  city, 


HIS  TOR  Y  IN  BRIEF.  8  7 

the  Fair  Haven  and  Westville  Line  should  be  taken  (cars  run  every 
twelve  minutes) ;  also  the  same  line  for  Westville,  West  Rock,  Edge- 
wood  and  other  points  in  a  westerly  direction;  for  State  Street,  East 
Rock  and  other  points  in  a  north-easterly  direction,  the  State  Street 
Line  (cars  run  every  twelve  minutes) ;  for  Whitney  Avenue,  Whitney  - 
ville,  Whitney  Lake,  etc.,  the  Whitney  Avenue  Line  (cars  run  every 
half  hour);  for  Congress  and  Sylvan  avenues,  Evergreen  Cemetery, 
the  State  Hospital  and  points  in  a  south-westerly  direction,  the  Con- 
gress Avenue  Line  (cars  run  every  twenty  minutes) ;  for  West  Haven, 
Savin  Rock  and  the  West  Shore,  the  New  Haven  and  West  Haven 
Line  (cars  run  every  fifteen  minutes  in  summer,  every  half  hour  in 
other  seasons) ;  for  the  Winchester  Arms  Works  and  Newhallville,  the 
Shelton  Avenue  Line  (cars  run  every  thirteen  minutes).  Cars  on  all 
these  lines,  except  the  Shelton  Avenue  Line,  may  be  taken  at  the 
corner  of  Chapel  and  Church  streets.  The  starting  point  for  the  -cars 
of  the  Shelton  Avenue  Line  is  the  corner  of  York  Street  and  Broad- 
way. 

For  the  sake  of  convenience  the  city  has  been  divided,  in  the 
descriptions  which  follow,  into  four  sections,  which  may  be  denominated, 
in  a  general  way,  Northern,  Southern,  Eastern  and  Western  New' 
Haven,  respectively.  The  intersection  of  Chapel  and  Church  streets 
being  near  the  centre  of  the  city,  and  also  being  the  meeting  place  of 
several  horse-car  lines,  has  been  chosen  as  a  point  of  departure  for  the 
various  tours  that  follow. 


88  YALE,  AND   THE  CITY  OF  ELMS. 


NORTHERN  NEW  HAVEN, 


GENERAL  DESCRIPTION.  — Northern  New  Haven  is  to  a  con- 
siderable degree  a  district  filled  with  noble  mansions  and  large,  costly 
estates,  bordering  on  streets  and  avenues  of  at  least  unexcelled,  not  to 
say  unrivalled,  beauty.  To  friends  of  Yale,  this  portion  of  the  city 
will  have  an  additional  charm,  from  the  fact  that  here  have  lived  many 
of  the  greatest  benefactors  of  and  instructors  in  the  University.  And 
to-day  a  very  considerable  proportion  of  the  professors  and  instructors 
have  their  homes  here. 

TEMPLE  STREET  AND  THE  GREEN.  —  Taking  the  comer  of 

Church  and  Chapel  streets  as  a  point  of  departure  and  passing  west 
on  Chapel  Street  one  block  or  square,  the  visitor  reaches  Temple 
Street,  declared  by  an  eminent  writer  to  be  the  most  beautiful  highway 
in  the  worM.  Looking  north  from  Chapel  Street,  the  eye  rests  upon 
two  parallel  lines  of  elms  extending  far  into  the  distance  and  forming 
an  arch  of  grand  proportions,  decked  in  robes  of  the  most  delicate 
shades  of  green.  On  either  side  of  the  street  are  rows  of  trees  of 
large  growth,  finely  trimmed  and  each  tree  set  out  a  certain  distance 
from  its  neighbor.  Though  the  street  is  of  good  width,  the  branches 
of  the  trees  on  one  side  of  the  way  have  long  since  locked  arms  with 
those  of  the  trees  on  the  other,  completing  an  arch  of  unequalled 
beauty,  and  one  upon  which  *the  admirer  of  nature  never  becomes 
weary  of  looking.  The  sight  round  about  Temple  Street,  within  the 
Green,  too,  is  one  of  uncommon  attractiveness,  noble  shade  trees 


NOE  THEEN  NEW  HA  YEN.  89 

extending  in  rows  around  every  side  of  the  enclosure,  those  just  out- 
side the  fence,  at  the  angles,  having  unusual  age  and  size  and  casting 
shade  accordingly.  Broad  walks  extend  diagonally  through  and  from 
side  to  side  of  the  grounds,  and  nearly  every  walk  has  an  arch  of  over- 
hanging trees.  The  portion  of  the  Green  left  unshaded  —  less  than 
one-fourth  —  serves  as  a  play  and  parade  ground,  and  in  summer  pos- 
sesses all  the  beauty  of  a  well-kept  lawn.  The  loveliness  of  the  spot 
doubtless  had  much  to  do  with  the  choice  of  the  place  as  the  site  of 
the  church  edifices  of  three  of  the  oldest  religious  organizations  in 
New  Haven.  First  in  order  as  the  visitor  passes  along  is : — 

TRINITY  CHURCH — Trinity  Church,  on  the  west  side  of  Temple 
Street  and  just  within  the  Green,  on  the  Chapel  Street  side,  is  the 
property  of  the  first  Episcopal  parish  organized  in  New  Haven.  The 
edifice  is  built  of  stone  of  dark  shades,  and  has  a  square  tower  of  the 
same  material  rising  from  the  centre  of  the  front,  to  a  height  of  100 
feet.  Flourishing  ivies  cover  considerable  portions  of  the  exterior  of 
the  walls,  extending,  not  infrequently,  over  the  beautiful  stained  glass 
windows.  Though  erected  two-thirds  of  a  century  ago  (1814-15),  and 
though  quite  simple  in  construction,  Trinity  Church  is  yet  an  attractive 
edifice  both  externally  and  internally.  Previous  to  becoming  settled  in 
the  present  structure,  Trinity  Parish,  like  the  pioneers  of  all  other 
denominations  in  New  Haven  and  elsewhere,  had  a  somewhat  interest- 
ing career.  As  early  as  1737  the  Rev.  Mr.  Arnold  of  West  Haven 
made  a  movement  to  establish  the  Episcopal  Church  in  New  Haven, 
but,  upon  attempting  to  secure  possession  of  the  land  on  which  Trinity 
Church  now  stands,  was  driven  away  by  force.  Eleven  years  later, 
Rev.  Ebenezer  Punderson,  in  1750,  on  the  Sunday  after  the  Yale 
Commencement,  preached  in  the  State  House,  and  two  years  after 
that,  under  his  supervision  the  first  Episcopal  Church  edifice  was  builta 
It  was  of  wood,  40  X  60  feet  in  size,  with  a  steeple  and  chancel,  and 
stood  on  the  east  side  of  Church  Street,  about  midway  between  Chapel 
and  Centre  streets.  Trinity  Parish  worshipped  there  until  the  comple- 


9o  TALE,  AND   THE  CITY  OF  ELMS. 

tion  of  its  present  edifice.  The  Parish  is  a  very  wealthy  and  con- 
servative one.  Its  present  rector,  the  Rev.  Edwin  Harwood,  has  held 
the  position  nearly  twenty-five  years. 

A  few  rods  farther  on,  stands  the  Centre  Church,  described  else- 
where, in  connection  with  the  University. 

NORTH  CHURCH. — About  one  square  north  of  Centre  Church, 
on  the  west  side  of  Temple  Street,  and  just  within  the  north  edge  of 
the  Green,  is  the  North  Church.  The  society  worshipping  there  was 
constituted  May  17,  1742,  under  the  title  of  the  White  Haven  Society. 
In  1771  a  division  occurred,  and  the  seceding  body  was  incorporated 
under  the  name  of  the  Fair  Haven  Society.  The  White  Haven 
branch  worshipped  on  the  spot  now  known  as  St.  John  Place;  the 
Fair  Haven  branch  on  the  site  of  the  present  North  Church.  After  a 
separation  of  a  quarter  of  a  century  harmony  again  prevailed,  and  the 
branches  were  united.  For  a  time  the  two  places  of  worship  were 
occupied  alternately,  until  in  the  years  1814  and  1815  the  present  North 
Church  was  built.  The  society  has  always  been  Congregational. 

Crossing  Elm  Street,  but  continuing  on  Temple  Street,  which  is, 
with  its  famous  arch  of  trees,  half  a  mile  in  length,  several  well-pre- 
served houses  of  the  old  style  are  passed,  all  more  or  less  worthy  of 
note. 

THE  NOAH  WEBSTER  HOUSE.  —  The  wooden  portion  of  the 
house  on  the  southwest  corner  of  Temple  and  Grove  streets,  was  built 
about  the  year  1825  by  Noah  Webster,  author  of  the  standard  diction- 
ary of  the  English  language.  Dr.  Webster  was  a  man  who  took  a 
great  interest  in  the  ordinary  affairs  of  life,  as  well  as  in  the  scholary 
ones  to  which  so  much  of  his  attention  was  devoted.  He  therefore 
planned  to  a  great  extent  his  house  on  Temple  Street,  and  it  was  by 
his  orders  that  the  space  between  the  studding,  inside  the  outer  shell 
of  wood,  was  entirely  built  in  with  brick,  in  order  that  the  house  might 
be  warm  in  winter  and  cool  in  summer.  Hence  the  walls  are  double, 


SKULL    AND    BONES    HALL. 
(Page  32.) 


SCROLL    AND    KEY    HALL. 
(Page  37.) 


PSI    UPSILON     HALL. 
(Page  35.) 


DELTA    KAPPA    EPSILON     HALL 
(Page  34.) 


NORTHERN  NEW  HAVEN.  91 

throughout.  Dr.  Webster  performed  a  portion  of  the  work  on  his 
dictionary  in  this  house,  where  he  lived  from  about  the  time  of  his 
return  from  Amherst,  until  his  death.  Mr.  Trowbridge,  the  present 
occupant,  married  a  grand-daughter  of  Dr.  Webster,  for  his  first  wife. 

HlLLHOUSE  AVENUE.— Turning  from  Temple  Street  to  the  west, 
on  Grove  Street,  and  going  one  short  block,  then  turning  to  the  north, 
the  visitor  comes  into  full  view  of  another  beautiful  thoroughfare, 
known  as  Hillhouse  Avenue,  in  several  respects  the  most  delightful  of 
all  New  Haven's  many  attractive  public  streets.  First  of  all  its  great 
width  and  its  magnificent  elms  will  attract  attention;  then  the  lawns, 
which  extend  not  only  to  the  foot-paths,  but  several  rods  beyond,  even 
to  the  street  proper  or  carriage  road,  impressing  one  with  the  idea 
that  he  is  passing  along  the  driveway  of  some  lawn  of  grand  propor- 
tions to  the  mansion  pverloooking  the  scene  from  the  high  land  at  the 
north. 

ST.  MARY'S  CHURCH. -^The  great  stone  edifice  on  the  right, 
upon  entering  the  avenue  from  Grove  Street,  is  St.  Mary's  Roman 
Catholic  Church,  the  largest  in  New  Haven.  It  is  frequently,  on 
account  of  its  size  no  doubt,  erroneously  called  "The  Cathedral." 
The  stone  of  which  it  is  constructed  was  obtained  from  quarries  near 
the  city,  and  is  of  such  hue  and  texture  as  to  give  the  structure  a  very 
solid  appearance,  and  a  perhaps  somewhat  cold  look,  which  exposure 
to  the  weather  will  doubtless  in  a  few  years  soften.  St.  Mary's  was 
built  ten  years  ago,  at  a  cost  of  about  $150,000.  The  remains  of  Father 
Murphy,  who  was  instrumental  in  building  the  church,  were  buried  in 
the  little  plot  of  ground  between  the  main  and  southern  entrances. 

RESIDENCES.^— Just  north  of  St.  Mary's  is  the  dwelling  of  Mrs. 
\Villiam  Hillhouse.  The  extensive  brown  mansion  directly  over  the 
way  from  St.  Mary's  Church,  on  the  west  side  of  the  avenue,  is  the 
residence  of  one  of  Yale's  great  benefactors,  Mr.  Joseph  E.  Sheffield, 


9  2  TALE,  AND  THE  CITY  OF  ELMS. 

whose  gifts  to  the  Scientific  Department  have  enabled  it  to  secure  the 
praise  now  everywhere  so  generously  accorded.  Mr.  Sheffield's  resi- 
dence and  the  buildings  of  the  school  named  for  him  are  literally  within 
stone's  throw  of  one  another.  Passing  over  the  bridge  of  the  North- 
ampton Railroad,  the  buff-colored  residence  on  the  southwest  corner  of 
Hillhouse  Avenue  and  Trumbull  Street  is  that  of  Professor  James  D. 
Dana.  On  the  southeast  corner  of  Hillhouse  Avenue  and  Trumbull 
Street,  is  the  residence  of  Mr.  H.  C.  Kingsley,  Treasurer  of  Yale 
College,  while  on  the  opposite  corner  resides  Professor  George  P. 
Fisher,  of  the  Theological  Department,  Yale.  The  remaining  resi- 
dences on  the  east  side  of  the  avenue  are,  in  the  order  given,  those  of 
President  Porter,  Mrs.  Collins,  Mr.  George  H.  Farnam,  Mr.  Henry 
Farnam,  Professor  J.  M.  Hoppin,  Mr.  J.  M.  B.  Dwight  and  of  Mrs. 
Pelatiah  Perit.  On  the  west  side,  north  of  Trumbull  Street,  are  the 
residences  of  Professor  Silliman,  Mr.  R.  A.  Bigelow,  the  late  Mayor 
Skinner,  Miss  Davenport  and  Professor  Theodore  S.  Woolsey,  respec- 
tively. 

The  grand  old  estate  at  the  head  of  Hillhouse  Avenue  is  the  prop- 
erty of  the  descendants  of  Hon.  James  Hillhouse,  to  whom  New 
Haven  is,  in  a  great  measure,  indebted  for  the  thousands  of  beautiful 
elms  which  have  added  so  much  to  the  fame  and  beauty  of  the  city. 

PROSPECT  STREET. — Turning  to  the  west,  on  Sachem's  Lane, 
and  passing  along  one  block,  the  visitor  will  reach  Prospect  Street, 
ascending  which,  a  lovely  view  of  the  western  and  southern  portions  of 
the  city  may  be  obtained.  West  Rock  is  seen  in  the  distance,  while 
the  vast  brick  structure  west  of  and  within  the  shadow  of  the  hill  is 
the  Winchester  Repeating  Arms  Company's  Works,  where  annually 
are  manufactured  thousands  of  the  famous  Winchester  rifles.  Nearly 
every  one  of  the  beautiful  houses  on  Prospect  Hill  has  been  built 
within  a  few  years.  Among  the  number  are  those  of  Judge  Luzon  B. 
Morris,  Mr.  D.  C.  Eaton,  Professor  O.  C.  Marsh,  Mr.  W.  H.  Farnam, 
Mr.  C.  H.  Farnam,  and  Mr.  E.  C.  Winchester. 


NOE  THERN  NEW  HA  YEN.  93 

ST.  FRANCIS  ORPHAN  ASYLUM  AND  WHITNEY  AVENUE. 
— Continuing  on  through  the  grove  known  as  Sachem's  Wood,  Whit- 
ney Avenue  may  be  reached  by  way  of  Highland  Street,  which  turns 
off  toward  the  east,  and  on  which,  under  the  brow  of  the  hill,  is  the  St. 
Francis  Orphan  AsylAm,  a  Roman  Catholic  charitable  institution 
which  annually  does  a  vast  deal  of  good  for  poor  and  friendless  chil- 
dren. The  large,  new  brick  building  now  used  for  the  asylum,  was 
completed  and  consecrated  in  1876.  It  has  accommodations  for  about 
two  hundred  children.  The  number  at  present  in  the  asylum  is  about 
one  hundred  and  seventy.  On  the  first  floor  are  parlors,  sitting-rooms, 
dining-rooms,  etc.  On  the  second  floor,  school-rooms  and  the  rooms 
of  the  Mother  Superior  and  the  Sisters  of  Charity.  On  the  upper 
floors  are  the  chapel,  sleeping-rooms,  etc.  The  building,  which  is 
admirably  adapted  to  its  purposes,  is  to  a  great  extent  the  result  of 
the  untiring  labors  of  the  late  Rev.  Father  Hart.  The  cost  of  the 
structure  was  about  $75,000. 

Continuing  down  the  hill  to  Whitney  Avenue,  and  proceeding  north- 
erly for  perhaps  half  a  mile,  Whitneyville  is  reached.  Here  may  be 
seen  the  charming  little  Whitney  Lake;  also  the  Whitney  Rifle  Fac- 
tory, established  by  the  renowned  Eli  Whitney,  inventor  of  the  cotton- 
gin.  East  Rock  towers  above  the  village,  on  the  east. 

In  returning  to  the  city,  over  Whitney  Avenue,  the  visitor  will  pass 
several  large  and  beautiful  estates. 

Orange  Street,  parallel  with  and  east  of  Whitney  Avenue,  is  also 
lined  with  handsome  residences.  Among  the  number  is  that  of  Gov- 
ernor Bigelow. 

Whitney  Avenue  continues  into  Church  Street  on  the  south.  Grove 
Hall,  the  large,  old-fashioned  house  at  the  north  end  of  the  street,  at 
its  junction  with  Whitney  Avenue,  is  a  boarding  school  for  young 
ladies.  The  residence  of  ex- President  Woolsey  of  Yale  is  near  the 
southwest  corner  of  Church  and  Grove  streets,  while  at  number  246 
Church  Street  resides  Professor  William  D.  Whitney.  Number  226 
was  the  home  of  the  late  Professor  Lewis  R.  Packard. 


94  YALE,  AND  THE  CITY  OF  ELMS. 

REV.  DR.  LEONARD  BACON'S   RESIDENCE.  — The  large, 

brown  dwelling-house  number  247  Church  Street,  just  north  of  Wall 
Street,  for  a.  long  series  of  years  occupied  by  the  late  Reverend  Dr. 
Leonard  Bacon,  formerly  stood  on  the  ground  where  is  now  the  Ton- 
tine Hotel,  at  the  corner  of  Church  and  Court  streets,  and  was  moved 
to  its  present  site,  many  years  ago,  to  make  room  for  that  building. 
Besides  the  fact  that  this  house  was  occupied  by  Dr.  Bacon  it  posses- 
ses historic  interest.  During  the  Revolution,  it  was  the  residence  of 
William  Chandler,  who  turned  traitor  to  the  colony  and  conducted  the 
British  into  the  town  when  it  was  captured  by  them  in  1779.  When 
the  troops  were  withdrawn  Chandler  and  his  family  moved  down  to 
Nova  Scotia.  At  one  time,  in  the  earliest  days  of  the  settlement, 
Ezekiel  Cheevers,  the  first  school  teacher  in  the  New  Haven  colony, 
lived  on  the  present  site  of  Rev.  Dr.  Bacon's  house.  Writing  about 
Cheevers,  "  the  last  survivor  of  all  his  pupils  gave  it  as  his  most  dis- 
tinct reminiscence  of  the  famous  grammar-school  master  that  he  wore 
a  long  white  beard  terminating  in  a  point,  and  that  when  he  stroked 
his  beard  to  a  point,  it  was  a  sign  for  the  boys  to  stand  clear." 

CHURCH  OF  THE  REDEEMER — The  beautiful  sand-stone  trim- 
med brick  church  edifice  on  the  south-west  corner  of  Orange  and 
Wall  streets,  one  block  east  of  Church  Street,  is  the  Church  of  the 
Redeemer,  Congregational.  The  church  is  Gothic-shaped,  and  pre- 
sents an  elegant  appearance  both  outside  and  inside.  The  interior, 
finely  furnished,  contains,  besides  the  audience  room,  the  Sabbath 
School  room,  church  parlors,  etc.,  all  excellently  fitted  up. 

HlLLHOUSE  HIGH  SCHOOL.— The  Hillhouse  High  School 
stands  diagonally  opposite  the  Church  of  the  Redeemer  on  the  north- 
east corner  of  Orange  and  Wall  streets,  and  is  at  once  an  honor  and 
an  ornament  to  the  beautiful  city  whose  property  it  is.  The  edifice  is 
of  brick,  is  four  stones  high,  has  handsome  sandstone  ornaments,  and 
is  heavily  buttressed.  A  tower,  containing  a  public  clock,  rises  from 


NORTHERN   NEW  HAVEN 


95 


the  south-west  corner.  On  the  first  floor  are  the  rooms  of  the  Board 
of  Education  and  of  the  Superintendent  and  Secretary  of  Schools; 
also  several  recitation-rooms,  janitor's  room  and  the  laboratory.  On 
the  second  and  third  floors  are  study,  recitation  and  dressing  rooms,  and 
on  the  fourth  floor,  recitation-rooms  and  a  fine  large  hall  in  which  are 
celebrated  the  graduating  exercises,  etc.  Altogether  there  are  eighteen 
rooms,  with  a  capacity  for  seating  a  total  of  400  pupils.  The  building 
was  erected  in  1872  at  a  cost,  inclusive  of  land  and  furniture,  of  about 
$125,000.  It  is  but  one  of  about  twenty-five  school  buildings  owned 
or  occupied  by  New  Haven.  The  census  of  1880  shows  that  there 
were  in  New  Haven  at  that  time  13,897  persons  of  school  age.  Of 
that  number  nearly  1 2,000  were  actually  registered  on  the  school  rec- 
ords. The  total  number  of  teachers  is  232.  New  Haven's  public 
schools  are  second  to  none  and  are  equalled  by  very  few.  Visitors  are 
perfectly  welcome  to  visit  them  at  any  time. 

CHURCH  OF  THE  MESSIAH.  —  A  short  distance  south,  on  the 
west  side  of  Orange  Street,  stands  the  cosey  Universalist  Church 
and  parsonage,  recently  built.  This  church  is  the  only  one  of  the 
Universalist  denomination  in  the  city.  Established  in  1852,  the  society 
worshipped  for  some  years  at  the  corner  of  Court  and  State  streets, 
then,  in  1865,  purchased  what  is  now  the  New  Haven  Opera  House, 
and  continued  to  worship  there  until  the  completion  of  the  present 
edifice.  The  somewhat  noted  lady  preacher,  Rev.  Phebe  Hannaford, 
was  pastor  of  this  society  for  several  years. 

Continuing  southerly  on  Orange  Street,  the  visitor  soon  reaches  Elm 
Street,  on  which  are  several  fine  old  residences. 

THE  REYNOLDS  HOUSE.— The  Reynolds  house,  Number  20, 
Elm  Street,  stands  on  the  site  of  the  house  built  and  occupied  by  John 
Davenport,  the  first  minister  and  the  leading  spirit  in  the  settlement 
of  New  Haven.  The  stones  composing  the  cellar  walls  of  the  Reyn- 
olds house  are  the  same  that  were  used  by  the  old  dominie.  Theophi- 


96  TALE,  AND  THE  CITY  OF  ELMS. 

lus  Eaton,  "  the  Governor  and  true  head  "  of  the  New  Haven  colony, 
lived  on  the  opposite  side  of  the  street.  His  was  a  "  grand  house  " 
furnished  with  "  Turkey  hangings,"  and  had  some  fourteen  fire-places. 
The  brown  sandstone  edifice  on  the  south  side  of  Elm  Street,  a 
short  distance  west  of  Orange  Street,  is  St.  Thomas's  Episcopal 
Church.  The  parish  was  organized  Feb.  24,  1848.  Rev.  Dr.  E.  E. 
Beardsley  was  installed  as  rector  on  the  23d  of  the  following  April, 
and  has  served  continuously  up  to  the  present  time  —  a  period  of  a 
third  of  a  century. 

THE  SARGENT  MANSION. — The  spacious  brick  mansion  on  the 
northwest  corner  of  Elm  and  Church  streets,  was  built  by  Mr.  D.  C.  De 
Forest,  who  was  for  many  years  a  merchant  in  Brazil.  Returning  to 
New  Haven  with  a  large  property,  he  proceeded  to  erect  this  house, 
which  was  completed  February  22, — Washington's  Birthday, — 1821. 
The  christening  or  "  house-warming "  occurred  on  that  day,  and  was 
one  of  the  most  stirring  social  events  that  New  Haven  had  up  to  that 
time  ever  witnessed.  Among  the  guests  was  every  individual,  from 
master-builder  to  apprentice  boy,  who  had  taken  part  in  the  erection 
of  the  edifice.  But  two  members  of  that  merry  company,  now  vener- 
able citizens,  survive  to  tell  the  tale.  Some  years  ago  the  house  was 
purchased  by  Mr.  Sargent,  principal  of  the  great  ftianufacturing  firm 
of  Sargent  &  Co.,  and  it  was  by  him  thoroughly  rebuilt  and  enlarged, 
so  that  to-day  it  is  one  of  the  best  appointed  mansions  in  the  city  of 
New  Haven,  while  in  size  very  few  residences  anywhere  exceed  it. 

A  few  rods  south  of  Elm  Street,  on  Church  and  Court  streets,  are 
several  public  buildings,  large,  costly  and  handsome. 

CITY  HALL.— The  City  Hall,  on  Church  Street,  north  of  Court 
Street,  and  facing  the  Green,  is  one  of  the  finest  municipal  buildings 
in  New  England.  It  was  built  in  1861  by  the  city  of  New  Haven  and 
the  town  of  New  Haven  jointly.  The  material  used  in  the  front  of  the 
structure  is  dressed  sandstone,  while  the  side-walls  are  of  brick.  A 


NOB  THE  EN  NE  W  HA  VEN,  9  7 

very  large  tower  rises  from  the  northwestern  angle  to  a  considerable 
height.  In  this  tower  is  an  illuminated  public  clock  and  two  large 
bells;  one  connected  with  the  clock  and  the  other  with  the  telegraphic 
fire  alarm.  On  the  first  floor  are  various  town  offices,  janitor's  rooms, 
etc.;  on  the  second  floor,  the  Mayor's  office,  Assessors'  office,  the  City 
Clerk's  office,  the  aldermanic  chamber,  Road  Commissioners'  and  other 
rooms;  and  on  the  third  floor,  the  Fire  Commissioners'  room,  Chief 
Engineer's  office,  Common  Council  chamber,  and  City  Engineer's 
office.  On  the  fourth  floor  is  the  battery-room  of  the  fire  telegraph, 
and  storage  rooms.  The  basement  contains  the  city  morgue.  It  will 
perhaps  seem  strange  to  many  visitors  to  find  the  offices  of  a  town  and 
of  a  city  in  the  same  building,  but  the  anomaly  may  be  briefly  explained 
by  stating  that  the  town  of  New  Haven  embraces  all  of  the  city  of 
New  Haven,  together  with  the  suburbs  known  as  Westville  and  Fair 
Haven  East.  The  New  Haven  town  officers  have  entire  control  of 
certain  branches  of  the  public  service  for  both  New  Haven  City,  West- 
ville and  Fair  Haven  East,  while  the  city  officers  have  charge  of  all 
other  departments  in  the  city,  their  power  extending  to  the  city  limits 
only.  The  various  city  departments  are  under  the  immediate  super- 
vision of  boards  of  commissioners. 

COUNTY  COURT  BUILDING.— Immediately  north  of,  and  con- 
nected with,  the  City  Hall  on  Church  Street,  is  the  New  Haven 
County  Court  Building.  The  front  is  of  dark  sandstone,  while  polished 
granite  pillars  support  the  portico  of  the  principal  entrance.  The  first 
session  of  court  held  within  its  walls  occurred  Jan.  20,  1873.  Since 

that  time  all  sessions  of    the  Court  of  Common  Pleas   and  of    the 

« 

Superior  Court  in  New  Haven  County  have  been  held  there.  The 
building  is  admirably  adapted  to  the  purposes  for  which  it  was  built. 
On  the  first  floor  are  the  offices  of  the  Sheriff",  County  Commissioners, 
Court  of  Common  Pleas,  and  vault;  also  the  Common  Pleas  Court 
Room,  with  retiring  rooms  for  the  judges,  the  jury  and  the  members 
of  the  bar,  opening  into  it.  On  the  second  floor  are  the  offices  of  the 


9 8  YALE,  AND   THE  CITY  OF  ELMS. 

State  Attorney,  Clerk  of  the  Superior  Court,  and  vault,  a  library  and 
committee  room  44  X  16  feet,  and  the  Superior  Court  Room  with 
retiring  rooms  similar  to  those  on  the  first  floor.  The  third  floor  is 
occupied  by  the  Yale  Law  School,  described  elsewhere.  The  entire 
cost  of  the  building,  including  the  furniture  throughout,  and  all  extras, 
was  about  $134,000.  David  R.  Brown,  of  New  Haven,  was  the 
architect.  The  celebrated  Hayden  case,  in  which  Rev.  H.  H.  Hayden 
was  charged  with  the  murder  of  Mary  Stannard,  was  tried  in  the  New 
Haven  Court-house. 

THE  POLICE  BUILDING.— The  handsome  large  building  on  the 
north  side  of  Court  Street,  a  few  rods  east  of  Church  Street,  and  con- 
necting at  the  rear  with  the  City  Hall,  is  the  Police  Department  Build- 
ing. It  is  "  believed  to  be  the  most  handsome  and  the  best  constructed 
edifice  of  the  kind  in  the  country."  The  building  is  a  four-story  brick 
one,  having  a  front  of  Philadelphia  brick,  neatly  ornamented  with 
Portland  sandstone  and  Nova  Scotia  stone.  A  Mansard  roof  sur- 
mounts the  whole,  and  at  the  southwest  corner  rises  a  shapely  and 
well-proportioned  tower,  giving  to  the  building  a  pleasing  outline. 
The  edifice  contains  admirable  conveniences  for  the  entire  police 
department  and  for  the  City  Court  and  its  officers.  It  was  completed 
in  the  spring  of  1874  and  cost,  with  furnishings,  about  $75,000. 
Connected  with  the  department  to  which  it  belongs  is  a  force  consist- 
ing of  one  chief,  one  captain,  one  lieutenant  and  eighty-one  patrol- 
men, all  under  the  control  of  a  board  of  commissioners.  The  depart- 
ment in  organization  and  discipline  compares  favorably  with  any  in 
the,  country. 

THE  JEWISH  SYNAGOGUE.— The  Jewish  Synagogue,  on  the 
north  side  of  Court  Street,  between  Orange  and  State  streets,  was 
formerly  the  church  of  the  Third  Congregational  Society.  The  Jewish 
Congregation,  Mishkan  Israel,  now  owning  the  structure,  was  organized 
in  1844,  and  held  its  first  meetings  on  Grand  Street,  near  Artisan. 


NOB  THE  EN  NE  W  HA  YEN.  9  9 

The  congregation  is  one  of  the  largest  and  wealthiest  of  the  Jewish 
belief  in  New  England.  Its  services  are,  of  course,  held  on  Saturday. 
Quite  often  Christians  attend,  especially  at  Confirmation. 

TONTINE  PROPERTY. — The  somewhat  ancient  but  well-pre- 
served brick  structure  on  the  southeast  corner  of  Church  and  Court 
streets,  known  as  the  Tontine  Building,  is  a  property  held  under  a 
decidedly  peculiar  and  interesting  charter,  and  deserves  special  men- 
tion. The  company  is  of  the  nature  of  a  joint  stock  organization, 
and  was  incorporated  in  1824  by  ttie  Legislature,  then  sitting  in  New 
Haven.  Article  second  of  the  act  sets  forth  the  peculiarities  of  the 
organization  as  follows :  "  The  owner  of  each  of  said  shares  shall 
have  and  receive  the  profits  or  dividends  on  said  share  during  the 
natural  life  of  the  person  described  opposite  to  his  name,  as  nominee 
for  such  share;  and  upon  the  death  of  any  such  nominee,  the  share 
depending  on  the  life  of  such  nominee  is  to  cease;  and  the  whole 
profits  of  the  said  premises  and  of  all  the  property  of  this  corporation 
shall  continually  go  to  and  be  divided  among  such  of  the  said  owners, 
whose  nominees  shall  be  living  at  1 2  o'clock  at  noon  on  the  first  day  of 
March  in  each  year,  until  the  said  nominees  shall  by  death  be  reduced 
to  seven,  when  the  whole  of  said  property  shall  vest  in  the  names  of 
the  said  seven  surviving  nominees,  as  an  estate  in  fee  simple,  and  this 
corporation  shall  then  cease  and  be  determined."  The  proposed 
building  was  completed  in  1827.  Of  the  original  number  of  nominees, 
243,  there  are  at  present  living  125.  They  are  of  all  grades  of  society, 
and  are  scattered  all  over  the  globe,  making  it  a  matter  of  much  diffi- 
culty for  the  secretary  to  keep  the  mortuary  record.  It  is  doubtful  if 
any  of  the  original  stockholders  are  living,  and  the  stock  is  held  by 
those  who  acquired  possession  through  purchase  or  inheritance. 

THIRD  CHURCH.— The  house  of  worship  on  Church  Street,  a  few 
rods  north  ot  Chapel  Street,  belongs  to  the  Third  Congregational 
Society,  instituted,  September  6,  i8§6.  'The  building  is  of  brownstone, 


100  YALE,  AND  THE  CITY  OF  ELMS. 

and  was  erected  in  1856.  Formerly  it  was  surmounted  by  a  graceful, 
but  unfortuately  very  weak,  steeple.  The  constanffear  that  it  would 
be  blown  down  in  a  gale  caused  the  society  to  have  the  steeple  removed 
in  1877. 

This  completes  the  trip  through  the  northern  section  of  the  city. 


SO  VTUEItN  JfE  W  IIA  VEtf.  ,  o  f 


SOUTHERN  NEW  HAVEN, 


GENERAL  DESCRIPTION.— The  southern  portion  of  New  Haven 
is  in  some  respects  the  most  interesting  section  of  the  "  City  of  Elms." 
For  years  after  the  settlement  of  the  town  a  majority  of  the  inhabitants 
lived  in  the  vicinity  of  what  are  now  known  as  George,  Meadow,  and 
West  Water  streets;  and  the  burden  of  commerce  was  carried  on 
there.  Quite  a  number  of  the  residences  of  "ye  olden  time"  are 
yet  standing.  The  most  convenient  route  to  this  section  is  through 
Church  Street,  on  which,  south  of  Chapel  Street,  the  point  of  starting, 
are  many  business  houses,  blocks,  and  the  post-office. 

THE  POST-OFFICE  AND  CUSTOM  HOUSE — On  the  west  side 

of  Church  Street,  midway  between  Crown  and  Centre  streets,  is  the 
post-office  and  custom  house — a  large  sandstone  structure  ouilt  by  the 
government  in  1860  for  the  purposes  to  which  it  is  now  devoted.  The 
first  floor  is  used  exclusively  by  the  post-office  department.  Mr.  N.  D. 
Sperry,  the  postmaster,  has  held  the  position  for  more  than  twenty 
consecutive  years.  The  second  floor  of  the  building  is  the  custom 
house,  and  is  partitioned  off  into  offices  for  the  collector  of  customs, 
the  inspector,  gaugers,  etc.,  while  on  the  third  floor  is  the  United 
States  Court  room,  with  judges'  rooms  attached.  It  is  said  that  a 
New  Haven  postmaster  was  the  first  in  the  United  States  to  adopt  the 
use  of  postage  stamps,  issuing  them  on  his  own  account  to  accommo- 
date citizens  who  desired  to  mail  letters  at  times  when  the  post-office 
was  not  open  to  receive  cash  for  postage. 


102  YALE,  AND   THE  CITY  OF  ELMS. 

HOADLEY  BUILDING.— The  handsome  great  marble  block  on 
the  north-east  corner  of  Church  and  Crown  streets,  known  as  the 
Hoadley  Building,  is  worthy  of  mention  on  its  own  account,  and  also, 
because  the  ground  it  occupies  is  the  spot  on  which  stood  the  hotel 
where  La  Fayette  was  entertained  on  his  visit  to  New  Haven  more 
than  half  a  century  ago.  For  many  years  this  hotel  was  the  leading 
public  house  in  New  Haven,  and  was  the  place  where  all  public  din- 
ners in  celebration  of  national  and  other  great  events  were  given. 
It  was  in  that  hotel  that  the  great  jubilee  dinner  in  honor  of  the  an- 
nouncement of  peace  in  the  War  of  1812  occurred.  This  dinner  was 
the  most  elaborate  that,  up  to  that  time,  had  ever  been  given  in  New 
Haven.  President  Monroe  visited  New  Haven  during  his  administra- 
tion (1817-1825)  and  dined  at  this  hotel.  One  Butler  was  the  pro- 
prietor. "  The  President  said  it  was  the  best  dinner  he  ever  sat  down 
to,  and  Butler,  who  had  prepared  the  dinner,  and  who  was  a  rough- 
speaking  man,  replied  with  one  of  his  great  words,  '  Gracious !  I  am 
now  ready  to  die ! '  for  Butler  was  indeed  famed  for  his  dinners,  and 
this  compliment  from  the  President  of  the  United  States  completely 
satisfied  his  ambition." 

BENEDICT  ARNOLD'S  BRIDAL  HOME. — The  large,  unpainted 
house  on  th*  north  side  of  George  Street,  just  west  of  Church  Street 
and  numbered  87,  is  the  residence  in  which  Benedict  Arnold  passed 
the  first  few  years  of  his  married  life.  His  father-in-law,  Mr.  Moses 
Mansfield,  who  lived  where  the  Grand  Opera  House  or  Music  Hall 
now  stands,  owned  the  house  on  George  Street,  and  gave  to  young 
Arnold  and  his  bride  the  use  of  the  house  as  a  sort  of  wedding  pres- 
ent. Arnold's  place  of  business,  a  druggist's  store,  stood  but  a  few 
feet  east  of  the  house,  at  the  corner  of  Church  and  George  Streets,  on 
the  site  of  the  large  brick  structure  known  as  Wood's  Block. 

THE  OLDEST  HOUSE  IN  NEW  HAVEN.  — The  large,  an- 
tique wooden  building  on  Meadow  Street,  numbered  177,  and  standing 


SO  UTHERN  NE  W  HA  YEN.  1 03 

but  a  few  rods  south  of  Church  Street,  is  the  oldest  house  in  New 
Haven.  It  was  built  in  1642,  four  years  after  the  settlement  of  the 
town,  and  was  one  of  the  houses  known  in  early  colonial  history  as  a 
blue  house,  from  the  fact  that  at  that  time  every  house  was  painted 
either  red  or  blue.  The  color  was  indicated  on  the  old  maps  by  the 
initial  letters  R  or  B,  according  as  the  house  was  one  hue  or  the  other. 
For  those  days  the  Meadow  Street  house  must  have  been  a  mansion 
with  few  equals  in  cost  or  excellence  in  America.  It  is  larger  than 
many  of  the  dwellings  of  to-day,  and  is  still  a  very  comfortable  resi- 
dence. The  house  was  built  by  Mr.  Joseph  Trowbridge,  one  of  the 
pioneers. 

The  little,  narrow,  crooked  street,  now  called  Prout  Street,  extend- 
ing from  Meadow  to  State  Street,  has  for  over  two  hundred  years  been 
known  as  "  Peggy's  Elbow,"  it  being  exactly  in  the  shape  of  a  bended 
arm. 

THE  HUNT  HOUSE  AND  THE  JEWS'  RETREAT.— The 
Hunt  House,  on  Meadow  Street  near  Water  Street,  is  probably,  with 
the  exception  of  the  Trowbridge  House  in  Meadow  Street,  the  oldest 
dwelling  in  New  Haven.  The  front  east  room  on  the  first  floor,  was 
the  place  where  Benedict  Arnold  taught  the  young  men  of  New 
Haven  the  sword  exercise  just  before  the  War  of  the  Revolution. 
Until  within  a  few  years  there  stood  opposite  this  house  a  building 
containing  six  distinct,  large,  roomy  tenements.  It  was  known  as  the 
"  long  house."  At  the  time  of  its  erection,  it  was  said  that  it  was  to 
accommodate  the  Jews,  who  were  at  that  time  (1800)  being  driven 
to  this  country  by  harsh  laws  in  Europe. 

NEAR  THE  DEPOTS.  — On  the  northeast  corner  of  Water  and 
Meadow  streets  is  the  Totten  house,  built  years  before  the  Revolu- 
tion. At  that  period  there  lived  in  the  house  Captain  Rice,  a  sturdy 
loyalist.  With  him,  at  the  time  of  the  invasion  of  New  Haven  by  the 
British,  dined  several  of  the  King's  officers,  and  through  the  interces- 


104  YALE,  AND   THE  CITY  OF  ELMS. 

sion  of  Captain  Rice  the  enemy  spared  many  of  the  fine  houses  in  the 
neighborhood  from  pillage  and  burning.  In  ancient  times,  some  years 
after  the  colony  of  New  Haven  was  founded,  the  land  directly  op- 
posite this  house,  where  the  Derby  passenger  station  now  is,  was  the 
ship-yard  of  William  Greenough,  the  most  extensive  shipbuilder  who 
ever  occupied  the  yard. 

The  long,  brick,  Mansard-roof  edifice,  east  of  this  point  on  Union 
Avenue,  near  the  southern  end  of  Meadow  Street,  is  the  depot  of  the 
New  York,  New  Haven  &  Hartford  Railroad.  The  restaurant  in  the 
waiting-room  of  this  depot  is  kept  by  Mr.  S.  H.  Moseley,  of  the  New 
Haven  House,  and  is  one  of  the  best  in  the  country. 

The  brick  building  on  the  southwest  corner  of  Columbus  and 
Christopher  Streets,  was  one  of  the  first  dwellings  built  of  brick  in 
the  colony,  having  been  erected  about  1773.  Its  owner  and  occupant, 
Thomas  Trowbridge,  was  an  officer  in  the  Revolutionary  Army,  and 
died  a  prisoner  on  board  the  Jersey  prison-ship  in  New  York  Harbor, 
in  1782. 

HOUSES  AND  CHURCHES.— The  large  modern  house,  217  Water 
Street,  was  erected  over  a  century  since,  and  for  many  years  was  the 
residence  of  Captain  Gad  Peck,  a  famous  navigator  and  shipowner  in 
his  day.  In  the  War  of  1812,  while  in  the  West  India  seas  in  com- 
mand of  the  "  Mohawk  "  (a  beautiful  New  Haven-built  ship)  he  was 
captured  by  a  French  privateer;  but  a  few  nights  afterwards  he  and 
his  crew  re-took  the  ship  and  brought  her  home  to  New  Haven. 

West  Haven,  a  beautiful  seaside  suburb  of  New  Haven,  may  be 
reached  from  this  point  via  Portsea  Street,  Howard  and  Kimberly 
Avenues. 

The  Church  of  the  Sacred  Heart  (Roman  Catholic)  is  the  plain, 
massive  sandstone  structure  at  the  southwest  corner  of  Columbus 
and  Liberty  Streets.  It  was  formerly  the  South  Reformed  Church. 
The  tower  contains  a  bell  of  very  superior  tone. 

The  attractive  stone  church  on  the  southwest    corner   of  Howard 


£0  UTHEEN  NEW  HA  YEN. 


I05 


Avenue  and  Columbus  Street,  is  the  Howard  Avenue  Congregational 
Church. 

ST.  BERNARD  CEMETERY.  — St.  Bernard  Cemetery,  near  the 
junction  of  Davenport  and  Columbus  Avenues,  is  the  principal  Roman 
Catholic  burying-ground  in  the  city.  It  embraces  twenty-seven  acres 
of  land.  Efforts  are  now  in  progress  by  which  the  appearance  of  the 
grounds  will  be  much  improved.  St.  Bernard's  was  consecrated  Sep- 
tember 2,  1851,  by  Rt.  Rev.  Bernard  O'Reilly. 

EVERGREEN  CEMETERY.  —  Evergreen  Cemetery,  at  the  western 
extremity  of  Sylvan  Avenue,  is  a  well-laid-out  burying-ground  border- 
ing on  West  River.  Within  its  limits  are  the  two  largest  monuments 
in  the  city,  —  the  Soldiers'  Memorial  and  the  Firemen's.  The  Soldiers' 
monument  stands  on  Evergreen  Avenue,  but  a  short  distance  from  the 
entrance.  It  is  a  shaft  of  granite  surmounted  by  a  granite  figure  of  a 
soldier  standing  at  parade  rest.  On  the  monument  are  inscribed  the 
names  of  the  fallen  heroes,  one  hundred  and  twenty  of  whom  were 
interred  in  the  lot  on  which  the  monument  stands.  The  monument 
was  erected  by  the  State  of  Connecticut.  The  Firemen's  monument, 
on  Highland  Avenue,  overlooking  West  River,  is  of  granite,  sur- 
mounted by  a  bronze  statue  of  a  fireman  in  uniform.  Bronze  tablets 
near  the  base  of  the  monument  bear,  in  relief,  representations  em- 
blematic of  the  life  of  a  fireman.  The  monument  was  erected  by  the 
Firemen's  Benevolent  Association,  of  New  Haven.  There  are,  in  the 
cemetery,  many  beautiful  private  monuments,  including  those  belong- 
ing to  Governor  English,  H.  M.  Welch,  E.  A.  Mitchell  and  Massena 
Clark,  on  Prospect  Avenue;  Governor  Bigelow,  on  Highland  Avenue; 
and  C.  D.  Murray,  on  Western  Avenue. 

THE  NEW  HAVEN  HOSPITAL.— The  New  Haven  Hospital 
on  Cedar  Street,  Congress,  Davenport  and  Howard  Avenues,  occupies, 
with  land  and  buildings,  an  entire  square.  In  the  summer  of  1833, 


106  YALE,  AND  THE  CITY  OF  ELMS. 

% 

the  hospital,  then  consisting  of  a  substantial  stone  building,  was 
opened  for  patients.  One  after  another  of  the  various  structures  now 
on  the  grounds  has  been  erected  as  necessity  required  and  funds  per- 
mitted. The  handsome,  great,  new  brick  building,  at  once  attracting 
the  gaze  of  the  visitor,  was  built  in  1872,  at  a  cost,  with  furnishings, 
of  nearly  $100,000.  The  length  of  the  building  is  264  feet,  and  it  has 
a  capacity  for  120  patients.  There  is  a  central  portion  devoted  to 
attendants'  rooms,  dining  and  store-rooms,  with  two  wings  extending 
from  it  in  opposite  directions,  in  which  are  the  wards  for  the  patients 
on  three  floors.  Ample  provision  has  been  made  for  escape  in  case 
of  fire.  The  old  portion  of  the  hospital,  west  of  and  connecting  with 
the  new  building,  is  used  for  offices,  store-rooms,  rooms  for  attaches, 
etc.  The  New  Haven  Hospital  has  done  and  is  doing  now  an  im- 
mense amount  of  good  for  suffering  humanity,  and  is  a  prominent 
one  of  the  many  noble  institutions  of  which  the  "  City  of  Elms " 
is  possessed.  Although  the  rules  provide  that  "  no  physician  or  sur- 
geon shall  receive  any  compensation  for  his  services,"  the  hospital 
commands  the  skill  of  a  number  of  the  very  foremost  physicians  in  the 
city  and  State. 

ST.  JOHN'S  CATHOLIC  CHURCH.— St.  John's  Roman  Catholic 

Church,  directly  over  the  way  from  the  hospital  grounds  towards  the 
north,  at  the  junction  of  Davenport  Avenue  and  York  Street,  stands 
upon  the  site  of  the  first  Catholic  church  erected  in  New  Haven.  As 
far  back  as  1779,  when  Baron  de  la  Chambeau's  army  was  passing 
through  the  town,  a  chaplain  of  the  Baron  said  mass  in  camp  near  the 
present  St.  Bernard  cemetery  in  the  southwestern  part  of  the  city; 
and  this  is  thought  to  have  been  the  first  Roman  Catholic  service  held 
in  New  Haven.  A  paper  published  Jan.  28,  1796,  announced  that  "a 
Roman  Catholic  priest  is  in  New  Haven,  where  he  will  reside  some 
time."  The  first  recorded  case,  however,  of  mass  celebrated  in  New 
Haven  by  a  secular  clergyman,  did  not  occur  until  1826,  when  Dr. 
Powers,  of  New  York,  held  a  service  at  the  head  of  Long  Wharf. 


SO  UTHEEN  NE  W  HA  YEN.  x  o  7 

Eight  years  later,  1834,  the  first  Catholic  church  was  built,  on  the  site 
of  the  present  St.  John's  Church,  and  was  burned  in  1848.  The  pres- 
ent edifice  was  erected  in  1858.  For  years  St.  John's  parish  was  pre- 
sided over  by  Rev.  Hugh  Carmody,  one  of  the  most  learned  and 
esteemed  Roman  Catholic  clergymen  in  the  diocese. 

Passing  northerly  from  this  point,  two  blocks,  on  Broad  Street,  the 
visitor  will  find  himself  in  the  vicinity  of  the  Home  for  Aged  Women 
of  Trinity  Parish  and  of  the : — 

CHURCHES  ON  GEORGE  STREET. — The   Home   for   Aged 

Women  of  Trinity  Parish,  situated  on  the  north  side  of  George  Street, 
between  College  and  High  streets,  was  erected  in  1869  by  the  munifi- 
cence of  Mr.  Joseph  E.  Sheffield.  The  Home  consists  of  three  sub- 
stantial, ornamental  buildings,  two  of  which  are  surmounted  by  grace- 
ful turrets. 

\ 

The  church  at  the  southeast  corner  of  George  and  Broad  streets 
belongs  to  the  German  Baptist  society,  while  that  at  133  and  135  George 
Street  is  the  property  of  the  German  Methodist  society.  A  short  dis- 
tance south,  at  125  George  Street,  standing  back  from  the  highway,  is 
the  German  Catholic  Church. 

The  Grand  Opera  House,  formerly  Music  Hall,  on  the  south  side  of 
Crown  Street,  a  few  rods  west  of  Church  Street,  seats  about  twenty- 
five  hundred  persons. 

From  Music  Hall  the  visitor  may  reach  the  point  of  starting  via 
Crown  and  Church  streets. 


io8  YALE,  AND  THE  CITY  OF  ELMS. 


EASTERN  NEW  HAVEN, 


GENERAL  DESCRIPTION — Eastern  New  Haven  is  eminently 
the  business  and  manufacturing  portion  of  the  city.  Many  of  the 
streets  are  completely  lined  with  stores  and  warehouses,  while  others 
are  filled  with  manufactories.  Portions  of  the  district,  however,  are 
occupied  with  dwellings,  many  of  which  are  as  fine  as  any  in  the  city. 
New  Haven's  peculiarity  of  building  residences  and  factories  in  the 
same  locality  is  strikingly  exemplified  in  this  part  of  the  city. 

CHAPEL  STREET  TO  STATE  STREET.— Chapel  Street,  the 
principal  business  thoroughfare  of  the  city,  is  completely  taken  up, 
between  Church  and  Union  streets,  with  stores,  banks,  offices,  etc. 
Many  of  the  blocks  are  large,  and  are  of  an  attractive  style  of  archi- 
tecture. The  stores  are  devoted  almost  wholly  to  retail  trade.  Just 
north  of  Chapel  Street,  on  Orange  Street,  is  Odd  Fellows'  Hall,  occu- 
pying the  upper  story  of  the  Palladium  Building — the  large  sandstone 
block  on  the  east  side  of  the  street.  The  building  takes  its  title  from 
the  Palladium  newspaper,  one  of  the  five  bright,  enterprising  and 
thoroughly  newsy  dailies  published  in  New  Haven :  the  "  Morning 
Journal  and  Courier  "  (Rep.),  the  "  Morning  Palladium  "  (Rep.),  the 
"Morning  News"  (Ind.),  the  "  Evening  Register"  (Dem.),  and  the 
"  Evening  Union  "  (Ind.). 

Chapel  Street  is  crossed,  one  block  east  of  Orange  Street,  by  State 
Street,  on  which  are  situated  many  wholesale  establishments. 


EASTEEN  NEW  HAVEN.  109 

OLDEST  BRICK  HOUSE  IN  NEW  HAVEN.— On  the  east  side 
of  State  Street,  just  north  of  Elm  Street,  stands  the  oldest  brick  house 
in  New  Haven.  It  is  one  story  high,  with  "  gambrel "  roof,  and  was 
built  by  a  Mr.  Pinto,  a  native  of  Trinidad,  West  Indies,  who  carried  on 
business  in  New  Haven  about  the  time  of  the  Revolutionary  War.  It 
is  probable  that  the  house  was  built  in  1770  or  thereabouts.  At  pres-. 
ent  it  is  used  as  a  store.  What  may  be  called  the  twin  of  this  house, 
built  perhaps  a  little  later,  stands  on  George  Street  near  Broad  Street. 

About  one  mile  and  a  half  northeast  of  this  point  is  East  Rock, 
reached  via  State  Street.  St.  John's  Episcopal  Church,  at  the  north- 
west corner  of  State  and  Eld  streets,  and  the  Skinner  School  Building, 
as  well  as  several  large  factories,  are  passed  on  the  way.  The  German 
quarter  of  the  city  lies  a  short  distance  west  of  State  Street  and  north 
of  Edwards  Street. 

EAST  ROCK. — East  Rock,  the  perpendicular  eminence  at  the 
northeast  of  the  city,  is  two  miles  from  the  City  Hall,  and  about  the 
same  distance  from  its  fellow,  West  Rock.  About  354  feet  high,  and 
affording  an  excellent  view  of  New  Haven  and  its  suburbs,  the  sum- 
mit of  East  Rock  is  much  more  accessible  than  that  of  West  Rock,  a 
carriage  road  leading  to  the  top,  from  the  east  side,  while  a  stairway 
affords  a  way  of  ascending  the  front  itself  of  the  great  precipice.  The 
State  Street  Line  horse  cars  pass  under  the  very  shadow  of  the  east 
end  of  the  Rock.  To  the  west  of  East  Rock  are  seen  Mill  Rock,  Pine 
Rock  and  West  Rock,  in  the  order  mentioned.  Whitneyville  and 
Lake  Whitney  lie  at  the  foot  of  East  Rock  on  the  north,  while  the 
city  proper,  the  harbor,  and  West  Haven  are  seen  on  the  south  and 
west.  To  the  southeast  and  east  are  Fair  Haven  and  Fair  Haven 
East,  both  belonging  to  New  Haven,  the  stream  flowing  at  the  foot  of 
East  Rock  separating  Fair  Haven  from  the  city  proper,  or  old  New 
Haven,  and  the  river  still  further  to  the  east  separating  Fair  Haven 
from  Fair  Haven  East — a  district  recently  annexed  to  the  town  and 
extending  to  the  light-house  on  Long  Island  Sound,  four  miles  dis- 


I  io  YALE,  AND  THE  CITY  OF  ELMS. 

tant.  The  annexation  was  made  in  order  that  New  Haven  might 
secure  better  control  of  its  harbor.  A  recently  demolished  house  on  the 
top  of  East  Rock  was  owned  and  occupied  by  the  owner  of  the  Rock, 
who  lived  there  many  years,  and  who  secured  not  a  little  money  in  the 
summer  months  by  charging  a  small  fee  (ten  cents)  to  all  who  visited  the 
summit  of  the  eminence,  via  the  stairs  above  mentioned.  In  the  early 
part  of  the  present  century,  there  lived  on  the  Rock  a  hermit,  Elias 
Turner.  He  was  very  peculiar,  rarely  speaking  to  any  one,  and  seeming 
content  with  the  most  scanty  clothing  and  the  meanest  shelter.  Dame 
Rumor  attributed  his  wretched  condition  to  "  the  pangs  of  despised  love.' 
One  morn  he  was  f<  missed  on  the  'customed  hill,"  and  on  the  second 
of  November,  1823,  was  found  in  his  hovel  cold  in  death.  East  Rock 
is  embraced  in  the  plan  /or  a  large  and  ornamental  park  of  37 1  acres 
in  the  vicinity  of  the  northeastern  section  of  the  city. 

THE  MANUFACTURING  DISTRICT.  —  Proceeding  via  State  to 
Hamilton  Street,  thence  to  St.  John  Street,  the  visitor  is  in  the  midst 
of  an  immense  manufacturing  district.  On  Hamilton,  St.  John  and 
Wallace  streets  is  the  vast  factory  of  the  New  Haven  Clock  Company, 
while  but  one  block  distant,  on  Green,  Wallace  and  East  streets  are 
the  works  of  the  L.  Candee  Rubber  Company,  manufacturers  of 
rubber  boots  and  shoes.  The  great  lock  and  key  factory  of  Mallory 
&  Wheeler  is  within  a  stone's  throw,  at  the  foot  of  Green  Street. 
Every  one  of  these  concerns  constantly  employs  several  hundred  per- 
sons. In  the  immediate  neighborhood  are  vast  foundries,  carriage 
manufactories,  etc.,  etc.,  in  large  numbers. 

FAIR  HAVEN  AND  FAIR  HAVEN  EAST.  —  A  beautiful  drive 
may  be  taken  from  this  point  through  Grand  Street  to  Fair  Haven, 
passing  St.  Patrick's  Catholic  Church,  a  substantial  brick  edifice  at 
the  corner  of  Grand  and  Wallace  streets  en  route.  Fair  Haven, 
comprising  two  wards  of  the  city,  is  a  well-laid-out  and  handsome 
suburb  whose  chief  industry  has  been  and  is  the  cultivation  of  oysters, 


EASTEEN  NEW  HA  YEN.  l  x  l 

mrge  beds  of  an  excellent  quality  of  which  have  existed  there  for 
centuries.  There  are  also  several*  large  manufactories,  comprising 
planing  mills,  rolling  mills,  and  the  iron  works  of  Governor  Bigelow. 
There  are  several  costly  churches  in  the  district,  including  the  First 
Congregational  Church,  Grand  Street;  Grace  Episcopal  Church, 
Blatchley  Avenue;  St.  Francis  Roman  Catholic  Church,  just  north  of 
Grand  Street,  and  the  Pearl  Street  Methodist  Church,  Pearl  Street. 

Crossing  the  Grand  Street  bridge  into  Fair  Haven  East,  the  house  of 
worship  on  the  right,  at  the  corner  of  Grand  and  Quinnipiac  streets,  is 
the  church  of  which  John  S.  C.  Abbott  the  historian  was  the  pastor. 
From  the  heights  just  east  of  the  church,  a  lovely  view  of  the  city  is 
obtained. 

Four  miles  down  the  shore  is  the  Old  Light-house.  The  drive  there 
is  a  very  pleasant  one  in  summer,  affording  a  fine  prospect  of  the 
harbor  and  of  several  points  of  great  historic  interest. 

FORTS  HALE  AND  WOOSTER.  —  Fort  Wooster,  on  the  heights 

east  of  the  road,  and  about  a  mile  below  the  city,  is  an  earthwork, 
hastily  thrown  up  during  the  War  of  1812.  The  embankments  are 
still  visible.  One  mile  south  of  Fort  Wooster,  on  a  rock  extending 
into  the  harbor,  is  Fort  Hale,  originally  improvised  as  a  point  of  de- 
fence in  the  Revolutionary  War.  Here  it  was  that  nineteen  Ameri- 
cans with  three  field  pieces,  on  the' afternoon  of  July  5,  1779,  bade 
defiance  to  fifteen  hundred  British  troops,  and  continued  to  fight  until 
overborne  by  sheer  force  of  numbers.  In  1809,  a  brick  fort  and  bar- 
racks were  built  on  the  spot,  and  in  the  War  of  1812,  the  place  was 
garrisoned  by  about  sixty  men.  During  the  American  Civil  War  the 
government  rebuilt  the  fort,  armed  and  garrisoned  it,  and  everything 
was  made  ready  to  resist  attack.  Fort  Hale  was  named  in  honor  of 
Captain  Nathan  Hale,  the  hero  of  the  Revolution. 

THE   MORRIS    HOUSE   AND    THE    LIGHT-HOUSE. — The 

Morris  house,  about  a  mile  south  of  Fort  Hale,  is  one  of  the  most 


112  YALE,  AND    THE  CITY  OF  ELMS. 

interesting  buildings  within  the  limits  of  New  Haven.  It  was  built  in 
1672,  of  split  granite  taken  from  land  in  the  vicinity.  The  mortar  in 
which  the  stones  were  laid  was  made  of  oyster  shells  found  on  the 
beach,  and  the  timber  was  cut  on  the  estate.  In  1779,  at  the  time  of 
the  invasion  by  the  British,  the  house  was  burned.  The  walls  re- 
mained, however,  and  the  interior  was  rebuilt.  Before  the  fire  there 
were  sixteen  large  rooms  in  the  structure.  Ever  since  it  was  built  the 
house  has  been  owned  by  the  Morris  family.  The  present  proprietor, 
J.  H.  Morris,  Esq.,  represents  the  eighth  successive  generation  that  has 
lived  there.  The  well  on  the  place  was  dug  when  the  house  was  built, 
and  is  still  the  source  of  supply  of  drinking  water  for  the  family. 

The  Old  Light-house,  a  short  distance  south  of  the  Morris  place,  is 
at  the  mouth  of  New  Haven  harbor,  and  was  built  many  years  ago. 
Within  a  few  years,  the  new  light-house  on  a  ledge  a  few  hundred 
yards  southwest  of  the  old  one,  has  superseded  the  latter  in  usefulness. 

Returning  over  the  shore  road  and  crossing  the  long,  covered  struct- 
ure known  as  Tomlinson's  bridge,  the  city  proper  is  again  reached. 
Within  a  hundred  feet  of  the  city  end  of  the  bridge  are  the  docks  of 
the  New  Haven  Steamboat  Company,  while  a  moment's  ride  west  of 
the  docks,  are : — 

THE  PAVILION  AND  SARGENT'S  FACTORY.— The  extensive 

but  somewhat  dilapidated  building  on  the  northeast  corner  of  Water 
and  Wallace  streets,  just  east  of  the  great  factory  of  Sargent  &  Co., 
was  erected  about  1810,  and  was  a  famous  hostelry  in  its  day.  Under 
its  roof  tarried  many  of  the  most  distinguished  men  of  the  country. 
At  that  time  there  were  no  buildings  in  front  of  the  Pavilion,  as  the 
house  was  called,  and  an  unobstructed  view  was  had  of  the  harbor  and 
of  Long  Island  Sound.  Many  West  India  families,  and  many  prominent 
families  from  the  South  made  the  Pavilion  their  summer  residence.  Of 
late  years  the  building  has  been  used  as  a  tenement  or  boarding-house, 
and  shows  signs  of  neglect,  though  its  peculiar  architecture  and  unusual 
size  still  at  once  attract  the  eye  of  the  passer-by. 


EASTERN  NEW  HA  YEN.  1 1 3 

Sargent  &  Co.'s  factory,  occupying  a  vast  territory  on  East  Street,  in 
the  vicinity  of  Wallace  and  Hamilton  streets,  is  the  largest  concern  in 
the  world  where  small  iron  work  of  almost  §very  conceivable  descrip- 
tion is  carried  on.  Nine  thousand  different  styles  of  articles, — from 
a  toy  spade  to  the  finest  of  locks, — are  made  there,  requiring  the  con- 
stant labor  of  twelve  hundred  persons. 

Passing  northerly  through  Wallace  Street  into  Chapel  Street,  several 
extensive  carriage  and  other  factories  are  passed.  A  short  distance 
west  of  this  point  is : — 

"WOOSTER  SQUARE.  —  It  is  a  beautiful  park,  shaded  by  numerous 
elms,  and  is  surrounded  by  substantial  dwellings,  churches,  schools, 
etc.  The  "  Collegiate  and  Commercial  Institute  "  of  General  William 
H.  Russell,  fronts  on  Wooster  Place,  opposite  Wooster  Square.  Es- 
tablished nearly  half  a  century  ago,  it  has  prepared  hundreds  of 
students  for  entrance  to  the  great  University  in  New  Haven,  and  as 
many  more  to  enter  upon  the  duties  of  practical  life. 

CHURCHES. —  Standing  on  the  corner  of  Wooster  Place  and 
Green  Street  is  the  First  Baptist  Church,  better  known  as  the  Wooster 
Place  Church.  The  large  wooden  dome  gives  the  structure  an  entirely 
different  appearance  from  any  other  church  edifice  in  New  Haven. 
The  organization  of  the  society  worshipping  there  was  effected  October 
30,  1816,  and  is  the  oldest  parish  of  the  Baptist  denomination  in  the 
city.  The  first  meetings  were  held  at  Amos  Doolittle's  lodge-room  on 
the  west  side  of  College  Street,  a  short  distance  north  of  Elm  Street. 

The  church  diagonally  opposite  the  northeast  angle  of  Wooster 
Square,  on  Green  Street,  belongs  to  the  Davenport  Congregational 
Society. 

On  the  southeast  corner  of  Chapel  and  Olive  streets  is  the  twin- 
turreted  stone  church  of  St.  Paul's  Episcopal  Parish. 


n4  TALE,  AND    THE  CITY  OF  ELMS. 

NEW  HAVEN  OPERA  HOUSE.  — The  dark-brown  Grecian 
building  a  short  distance  west  of  St.  Paul's  Church,  on  the  south  side 
of  Chapel  Street,  is  the  New  Haven  Opera  House,  a  well-arranged 
and  very  cosey  little  theatre  with  a  large  and  convenient  stage,  a  single 
balcony  and  four  boxes.  It  seats  about  one  thousand  persons.  The 
building  was  formerly  the  First  Baptist  Church,  then  became  the  Uni- 
versalist  Chur^n,  and  in  1877  was  converted  to  its  present  use. 

MASONIC  TEMPLE — The  Masonic  Temple,  situated  on  the 
southeast  corner  of  Chapel  and  Union  streets,  was  built  during  the 
year  1872.'  The  corner-stone  was  laid  by  the  Grand  Lodge  of  the 
State  of  Connecticut,  December  6,  1871.  The  building  was  completed 
in  October,  1872,  and  the  rooms  occupied  by  the  Masonic  Fraternity 
were  dedicated  by  the  Grand  Lodge,  October  16,  1872.  The  first  floor 
of  the  building  is  used  for  stores;  the  second  floor,  for  offices;  and 
the  third  floor,  by  the  Blues  Light  Guard,  and  the  Governor's  Foot 
Guard,  for  company  and  drill  rooms.  The  Masonic  fraternity  occupy 
the  remaining  portion  of  the  building,  comprising  sixteen  rooms. 
Entering  from  the  south  stairs,  one  is  ushered  into  the  tyler's  room, 
adjoining  which  are  two  parlors,  about  twelve  feet  square  each.  The 
lodge-room  proper  is  one  of  the  largest  in  the  country,  being  62  feet 
long  by  41  feet  wide,  with  a  height  of  22  feet.  The  banquet  hall  is 
1 8  feet  wide  by  50  feet  long  and  22  feet  high.  The  Chapter,  Council 
and  Commandery  room  is  40  by  22  feet,  with  a  height  of  18  feet. 
The  armory  for  the  Templars'  regalias  is  fitted  up  with  ninety-two 
cases,  two  regalias  to  a  case.  Dimensions  of  armory,  30  by  22  feet, 
and  1 2  feet  in  height.  There  are,  also,  on  this  floor,  reception  rooms, 
etc.  On  the  floor  above  are  the  kitchen  and  modern  conveniences. 
The  building  is  in  dimensions  70  feet  on  Chapel  Street  by  126  feet  on 
Union  Street,  and  four  stories  high.  It  cost  about  $100,000.  The 
fitting  up  of  the  Masonic  rooms  cost  about  $11,000.  Visitors  can  ob- 
tain admission  upon  application  to  the  janitor,  Mr.  George  Smith, 
Room  10,  Masonic  Building. 


YALE    LAW    SCHOOL. 
(Page  48.) 


CITY    HALL. 
(Page  96.) 


THIRD    SENIOR    SOCIETY    HALL. 


EASTERN  NEW  HA  YEN.  1 1 5 

THE  CITY  MARKET. — Just  below,  or  rather  facing  the  railroad 
bridge,  on  the  south  side  of  Chapel  Street,  and  at  the  corner  of  Union 
Street,  is  the  Old  Depot,  or  City  Market.  It  occupies  the  site  of  the 
"  Old  City  Market."  For  years  there  was  a  law  prohibiting  the  sale  of 
meat  elsewhere  than  in  the  old  market;  and  many  of  the  citizens  of 
New  Haven  distinctly  remember  the  ill-feeling  generated  by  this 
restriction.  The  present  structure  was  built  for  a  depot,  in  the  base- 
ment of  which  all  passenger  trains  on  the  principal  lines  entering  the 
city  formerly  left  and  received  passengers.  The  waiting  and  baggage 
rooms  on  the  first  floor  are  now  utilized  as  a  city  market.  The  great 
square  tower  on  the  northeast  corner  of  the  structure  is  about  100 
feet  high,  and  contains  an  illuminated  clock. 

THE  SECOND  REGIMENT — Opposite  Masonic  Temple,  in  the 
Collins  Building,  195  Chapel  Street,  is  the  beautiful  armory  of  the 
New  Haven  Grays.  The  armory  proper,  located  on  the  third  floor,  is 
reached  through  the  elegant  parlors  of  the  organization,  on  the  second 
floor.  The  Grays  constitute  company  F  of  the  famous  Second  Con- 
necticut Regiment,  which  is,  perhaps,  the  best  drilled  militia  organiza- 
tion in  America.  Constituted  in  1739,  the  regiment  has  ever  sustained 
a  high  reputation,  both  at  home  and  abroad.  The  "  Army  and  Navy 
Journal,"  the  recognized  military  authority  in  this  country,  thus  spoke 
of  the  organization  after  Us  visit  to  the  Empire  State  in  1872:  "The 
visit  of  the  Second  Regiment  to  New  York,  its  magnificent  appearance 
and  drill,  leads  us  to  ask  why  the  State  of  New  York,  which  boasts  the 
superiority  over  every  other  State  in  the  Union,  does  not  maintain  it  by 
comparison.  The  Second  Connecticut  demonstrated  plainly  to  un- 
biased minds  that  we  have  but  one  regiment  which  equals  it — none 
which  excels." 

THE  SPOT  WHERE  THE  PILGRIM  LIVED.— The  brick  block 

on  the  northwest  corner  of  Union  and  Fair  streets,  a  few  rods  south 
of  the  old  depot,  occupies  the  site  of  the  Isaac  Allerton  residence.     A 


n6  YALE,  AND    THE   CITY  OF  ELMS. 

granite  tablet  placed  in  the  Fair  Street  side  of  the  block  by  Mr. 
Thomas  R.  Trowbridge,  Jr.,  bears  the  following  inscription,  which 
explains  a  great  deal  in  a  very  few  words : — 

"  ISAAC  ALLERTON,  A  PILGRIM  OF  THE  MAYFLOWER,  AND  THE  FATHER 
OF  NEW  ENGLAND  COMMERCE,  LIVED  ON  THIS  GROUND  FROM  1646 
TILL  1659." 

Allerton  was  the  only  Plymouth  Pilgrim  who  ever  went  to  New 
Haven.  It  was  supposed  that  none  of  his  descendants  were  living, 
but  the  announcement  that  a  tablet  had  been  erected  to  his  memory 
developed  the  fact  that  there  were  a  number  of  parties  who  could 
clearly  trace  kinship. 

BENEDICT  ARNOLD'S  HOUSE. — A  step  or  two  east  of  Union 

Street,  on  Water  Street,  stands  the  residence  built  and  for  some  years 
occupied  by  Benedict  Arnold,  the  traitor.  Arnold  was  already  com- 
fortably situated  in  a  house  on  George  Street,  when,  in  1771,  he  deter- 
mined to  build  a  house  of  his  own,  on  Water  Street.  It  was  com- 
pleted for  occupancy  in  the  summer  of  1772,  and  there  Arnold 
resided  until  the  outbreak  of  the  Revolution.  His  store  for  a  time 
was  just  west  of  the  house.  While  doing  business  there,  Arnold,  who 
was  of  a  very  speculative,  restless  disposition,  overbearing  and 
haughty,  combined  with  his  apothecary  trade  a  department  in  West 
India  goods.  One  day,  a  man  rushing  into  Arnold's  house,  informed 
him  that  a  certain  party  had  made  known  to  the  government  the 
secret  that  Arnold  was  smuggling  this  class  of  goods.  Arnold  seized  a 
whip,  searched  for  and  found  the  tell-tale,  and  gave  him  a  thorough 
cowhiding.  When  news  of  the  Battle  of  Lexington  reached  New 
Haven  Arnold  was  at  dinner,  at  his  house.  He  at  once  put  on  his 
accoutrements,  called  the  Governor's  Guard — of  which  he  was  com- 
mander— to  arms,  and  marched  at  their  head  to  Boston.  Before 
leaving  town,  he  demanded  ammunition  of  the  selectmen,  which  they 


EASTERN  NEW  HA  YEN.  T  r  7 

refused,  whereupon  he  gave  them  the  choice  of  surrendering  the  keys 
to  the  magazine  or  of  having  it  torn  open.  The  keys  were  at  once 
forthcoming,  and,  securing  the  ammunition,  Arnold  and  his  company 
continued  their  march  to  Boston.  Arnold  returned  to  New  Haven 
May  8th,  1778,  visited  his  house  on  Water  Street,  and  soon  after  left 
New  Haven  forever.  In  1781,  Arnold  having  previously  become  a 
traitor,  the  property  was  attached  by  Hannah  Arnold,  who  recovered  a 
considerable  sum,  and  in  1782  the  house  was  adjudged  forfeited  to  the 
State,  "  Benedict  Arnold  now  having  joined  the  enemies  of  the  United 
States."  It  was  sold,  the  proceeds  going  to  the  State.  Some  years 
afterward  the  house  was  the  property  of  the  great  lexicographer,  Noah 
Webster,  who  for*a  time  resided  there.  It  now  belongs  to  the  heirs  of 
James  Hunt,  viz.,  Mrs.  D.  Goffe  Phipps,  Mrs.  Evelina  Jones  and  the 
heirs  of  Harriet  D.  Henriques.  Many  yet  living  can  recollect  the 
house  when  its  spacious  grounds  and  beautiful  orchard  were  the  admi- 
ration of  every  one;  and  the  old  structure  of  the  present  day  will 
remind  the  passer-by  of  the  tastes  of  the  original  proprietor  and  ye 
olden  time. 

THE  RUTHERFORD  WAREHOUSE.— Situated  on  State  Street, 

next  east  of  Number  107,  near  Water  Street,  is  the  structure  built  and 
used  for  many  years  as  a  warehouse  by  Henry  Rutherford,  a  West 
India  merchant  who  did  business  in  New  Haven  from  1680  to  1700. 
The  warehouse  was  built  as  early  as  1682,  and  perhaps  earlier.  It  is  a 
low  one  story  and  a  half  wooden  building,  painted  red,  and  contrasts 
wonderfully  with  the  great  wholesale  warehouses  of  the  New  Haven  of 
to-day.  Formerly  a  creek  flowed  by  the  rear  of  the  warehouse,  so 
that  goods  were  loaded  with  great  convenience  and  dispatch,  for  those 
times.  At  present  the  building  is  occupied  by  a  shoemaker,  who  plies 
his  trade  within  its  ancient  walls.  After  standing  for  two  hundred 
years,  unharmed  by  fire  or  flood,  the  warehouse  will  soon  give  way  to 
the  march  of  improvement,  as  the  company  owning  the  land  proposes 
to  build  a  large  structure  on  its  site.  However,  the  building  will  not 


n8  YALE,  AND  THE  CITY  OF  ELMS. 

be  destroyed,  but  will  be  removed  to  another  location  and  there  pre- 
served as  a  relic  of  the  past. 

From  here  the  point  of  starting  on  the  tour  of  Eastern  New  Haven 
may  be  reached  via  Crown,  Orange  and  Chapel,  or  Crown,  Orange, 
Centre  and  Church  streets. 


WESTERN  NEW  HAVEN. 


119 


WESTERN  NEW  HAVEN, 


GENERAL  DESCRIPTION. — Western  New  Haven  abounds  in 
residences  and  in  beautiful  streets.  Here  and  there  a  factory  appears, 
and  occasionally  a  store,  but  the  section  is  taken  up  principally  by 
homes.  The  greater  part  of  this  portion  of  the  city  is  comparatively 
newly  built,  and  is,  generally  speaking,  very  attractive  to  the  eye. 
Chapel  Street,  at  its  intersection  with  Church  Street,  may,  as  in  trips  to 
the  other  portions  of  the  city,  be  taken  as  a  point  of  departure. 

BUILDINGS. — The  great  stone  structure  on  the  south  side  of 
Chapel  Street,  midway  between  Church  and  Temple  streets,  is  the 
Insurance  Building.  It  is  six  stories  high,  is  built  of  granite,  contains 
stores  and  offices  of  various  kinds,  and  is  the  headquarters  of  several 
societies  and  clubs,  notably  the  Yale  freshman  society,  Gamma  Nu. 
On  the  top  floor,  room  46,  is  the  United  States  signal  station. 

On  the  west  side  of  Temple  Street,  one  block  south  of  Chapel 
Street,  is  the  brownstone  chapel  of  Trinity  Episcopal  Society,  with 
rector's  residence  attached. 

The  building  on  the  south  side  of  Chapel  Street,  on  the  corner  of 
Temple  Street,  opposite  Trinity  Church,  was  the  residence  of  the  late 
Admiral  Foote. 

The  sandstone-trimmed  brick  chapel  of  the  Centre  Congregational 
Society  stands  a  short  distance  back  from  Chapel  Street,  opposite  the 
Green,  while  the  tall  drab-colored  building  a  few  rods  further  west  is 
the  Quinnipiac  Club  House. 


120  YALE,  AND  THE  CITY  OF  ELMS. 

A  short  distance  south  of  Chapel  Street,  on  College  Street,  stands 
the  College  Street  Congregational  Church,  built  in  1848. 

VIEW  OF  THE  GREEN.  —  From  the  corner  of  Chapel  and  College 
streets  the  visitor  secures  an  excellent  view  of  New  Haven's  pride,  the 
Green.  Other  public  parks  may  be  larger,  but  the  average  citizen  of 
New  Haven  always  feels  that  the  plot  of  ground  bounded  by  Court, 
Chapel,  College  and  Elm  streets  is  a  little  superior  in  point  of  beauty 
to  all  others.  The  work  of  beautifying  the  Green  began  very  long 
ago,  and  each  successive  generation  has  endeavored  to  add  something 
to  heighten  the  effect.  As  the  visitor  may  see,  there  is  a  wealth  of 
carefully  trimmed  elms,  while  the  grass  in  summer  time  is  always  kept 
at  just  the  proper  height  for  the  best  appearance.  Concreted  paths 
extend  in  every  direction.  While  great  care  is  taken  to  keep  Vhe  Green 
a  thing  of  beauty,  it  is  by  no  means  made  wholly  exclusive  to  useful 
or  pleasurable  objects.  Its  convenience  of  access  makes  it  at  times  a 
valuable  drill  and  parade  ground  for  the  police  and  the  military,  while 
the  booming  of  cannon  within  its  limits  is  quite  sure  to  accompany 
every  great  celebration.  Formerly  the  Yale  students  resorted  to  the 
upper  portion  of  the  Green  in  out-door  sports,  but  this  practice  the 
authorities  were  some  years  since  obliged  to  forbid,  owing  to  the  im- 
possibility under  the  circumstances  of  keeping  the  Green  in  good  trim. 

PROFESSOR  TH ACKER'S  RESIDENCE.— The  house  in  which 
the  venerable  Professor  Thomas  C.  Thacher  now  lives,  at  No.  155 
Crown  Street,  was  built  for  Jeremiah  Day,  then  Professor  of  Mathe- 
matics and  Astromomy  in  Yale  College,  by  Asahel  Tuttle,  under  a  con- 
tract made,  apparently,  on  the  3ist  day  of  August,  1815.  Tuttle  was 
owner  of  the  land  on  which  the  house  was  to  be  built,  and  contracted 
to  build  the  house  on  the  land,  which,  after  the  building  was  com- 
pleted, was  to  be  conveyed  by  deed  to  Professor  Day.  The  house  was 
nearly  ready  for  occupation,  when,  on  the  nth  day  of  January,  1817, 
the  death  of  Timothy  Dwight,  President  of  the  College,  occurred,  and 


YALE    BOAT    HOUSE. 
(Page  66.) 


THE    OBSERVATORY 
(Page  62.) 


WESTERN  NE  W  HA  YEN.  1 2  T 

before  Professor  Day  could  move  into  his  house,  he  was  appointed  Dr. 
Dwight's  successor  as  President  of  the  College.  Having  been  ap- 
pointed President,  he  asked  permission  of  the  corporation  to  occupy 
the  house  which  he  had  just  built.  This  was  refused  on  the  ground 
that  his  house  was  too  remote  from  the  College.  The  house  was  con- 
sequently occupied  during  the  next  twenty-nine  years  by  others; 
namely,  Professor  Eleazar  T.  Fitch,  Bishop  Thomas  C.  Brownell, 
General  Hezeldah  Howe,  and,  from  1830  to  1846,  by  Professor  Josiah 
W.  Gibbs.  On  the  2ist  of  October,  1846,  — the  day  on  which  he 
inducted  his  successor,  President  Woolsey,  into  office,  —  President  Day 
began  to  live  in  the  house  which  he  had  built  for  himself  thirty  years 
before,  and  he  continued  to  occupy  it  until  his  death,  which  occurred 
on  the  22d  of  August,  1867.  Since  that  date  the  house  has  been 

occupied,  as  it  now  is,  by  Professor  Thacher. 

• 

COLLEGE   STORES,  OPERA  HOUSE,  ETC.  — The  large  brick 

block  on  Chapel  Street,  opposite  the  college  fence,  and  extending  west 
from  College  Street,  is  taken  up  on  the  first  floor  by  stores  devoted  to 
student  interests,  while  the  floors  above  are  finished  oft  into  studies 
and  sleeping  apartments,  rented  mostly  to  students. 

Carll's  Opera  House,  in  the  rear  of  Chapel  Street,  opposite  South 
College,  is  one  of  the  three  largest  theatres  in  America,  seating 
upwards  of  twenty-seven  hundred  persons.  It  has  a  very  roomy  stage, 
capable  of  accommodating  the  most  extensive  scenery,  and  so  arranged 
that  the  heaviest  machines  or  vehicles  ever  used  in  a  stage  perform- 
ance may  be  placed  on  the  boards  with  the  greatest  ease.  The  dress- 
ing-rooms attached  are  the  largest,  most  convenient  and  best  planned 
of  any  in  America. 

THE  ROGER  SHERMAN  HOUSE.  — The  residence  built  and 
occupied  by  that  distinguished  patriot,  statesman  and  scholar,  Roger 
Sherman,  is  yet  standing  at  Number  480  Chapel  'Street,  opposite  the 
college  campus,  and  retains  essentially  its  original  appearance,  the  de- 


122  YALE,  AND  THE  CITY  OF  ELMS. 

scendants  of  its  illustrious  owner  having  preserved  it  very  carefully  and 
well.  The  house  was  completed  in  1770,  in  which  year  Mr.  Sherman 
moved  into  it.  Within  its  walls,  preceding  the  Revolution,  were  held 
many  discussions  as  to  the  best  manner  of  meeting  the  impending  dif- 
ficulties with  the  mother  country;  and  here,  doubtless,  were  considered 
the  outlines  of  various  articles,  the  substance  of  which  at  length  ap- 
peared in  the  United  States  Constitution,  of  which  Roger  Sherman  was 
one  of  the  framers.  In  this  house,  too,  General  Washington  was  enter- 
tained while  on  his  way  to  take  command  of  the  American  Army 
around  Boston,  and  General  La  Fayette  was  a  guest  there,  years  later. 
In  1779,  at  the  British  invasion,  Roger  Sherman's  house  was  among 
the  first  to  be  entered  and  ransacked  by  the  redcoats,  who  appropriated 
every  portable  article  of  value  in  the  building.  Ever  since  the  death 
of  its  original  owner,  the  house  has  been  occupied  by  his  descendants. 

WEST  CHAPEL  STREET. —  Calvary  Baptist  Church,  the  tasteful 
brick  structure  on  the  southeast  corner  of  Chapel  and  York  streets, 
was  for  some  years  presided  over  by  the  Rev.  H.  M.  Gallaher,  now  of 
Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 

WTest  Chapel  Street  is  lined  with  fine  residences,  as  are  also  many  of 
the  intesecting  streets,  including,  particularly,  Howe  and  Dwight  streets. 

The  light  gray  edifice  on  the  northwest  corner  of  Chapel  and 
Dwight  streets  is  the  Dwight  Place  Congregational  Church,  built  in 
1871.  The  material  of  which  the  church  is  composed  is  an  artificial 
stone,  made  specially  for  the  purpose  by  a  process  similar  to  that  used 
in  making  concrete,  though  each  piece  was  given  its  shape  in  a  mould. 
While  Moody  and  Sankey  were  engaged  in  revival  work  in  New 
Haven  in  the  spring  of  1878,  the  Dwight  Place  Church  was  the  one 
where  the  enquiry  meetings,  following  the  tabernacle  meetings,  were 
held. 

A  succession  of  handsome  residences,  including  the  very  extensive 
and  costly  one  of  the  late  Burton  Mallory,  at  the  corner  of  Orchard 
Scieet,  fill  up  the  remaining  half  mile  on  Chapel  Street  to  the  West- 


WESTERN  NEW  HA  YEN.  1 23 

River.  Cyrus  Northrop,  professor  of  Rhetoric  and  English  Literature 
in  Yale  College,  resided  at  Number  607,  near  Day  Street. 

V/ESTVILLE. — Crossing  the  bridge  and  driving  a  half  mile  to 
Forest  Street,  thence  passing  northerly  a  few  minutes'  ride  on  the  latter 
street,  Edgewood,  the  beautiful  home  of  the  distinguished  author 
Donald  G.  Mitchell — "  Ik  Marvel  " — is  reached.  The  residence  and 
the  grounds  about  it  are  very  tasteful  and  very  attractive. 

Continuing  through  Forest  Street  to  Fountain,  thence  to  Main 
Street,  the  visitor  reaches  Westville,  where  is  met,  face  to  face,  the 
highest  of: — 

THE  GREAT  ROCKS  ENCLOSING  NEW  HAVEN.— "West 
Rock,  Pine  Rock,  Mill  Rock  and  East  Rock  stand  like  a  broken  line 
of  ramparts  along  the  northern  confines  of  the  city  plain,  within  two 
miles  of  the  College,  attractive  for  their  scenery  and  forest  walks,  for 
the  landscapes  to  be  enjoyed  from  their  tops  and  for  the  geological 

instruction  they  offer Thus  these   trap  rocks  and  ridges  add 

greatly  to  the  number  and  variety  of  the  walks  and  drives  about  the 

city Why  the  north-and-south  line  of  fissures  in  which  West 

Rock  ridge  originated  should  have  terminated  to  the  south  (at  West- 
ville) so  abruptly,  and  why,  at  its  termination,  an  east-and-west  series 
of  fractures  and  eruptions  should  have  been  produced  across  the  plain 
from  West  Rock  to  East  Rock,  giving  origin  to  Pine  Rock  and  Mill 
Rock,  are  questions  yet  without  answer." — From  an  article  by  Pro- 
fessor James  D.  Dana  in  the  Yale  Book. 

V/EST  ROCK  — West  Rock,  an  almost  perpendicular  mass  of 
stone  rising  to  the  height  of  405  feet,  acting  the  part  of  a  grim  sentinel 
at  the  northwest  approach  to  the  city  which  it  overlooks,  affords  a 
grand  point  whence  to  view  New  Haven  and  the  country  round  about 
it.  Westville  nestles  beneath  the  very  shadow  of  the  Rock,  while  the 
city  proper,  the  harbor,  portions  of  West  Haven,  East  Haven  and  Long 


!24  YALE,  AND  THE  CITY  OF  ELMS. 

Island  Sound,  and  all  of  Fair  Haven,  stretch  forth  like  a  huge  pano- 
rama. As  the  Rock  is  nearly  three  miles  from  the  centre  of  the  city,  it 
will  be  well  to  take  a  westward-bound  car  on  the  Fair  Haven  and  West- 
vilie  horse  railroad  to  reach  the  vicinity.  A  foot-path,  quite  steep,  but 
by  no  means  difficult,  offers  opportunity  of  ascent  from  the  east  end  of 
the  Rock.  The  view  to  be  obtained  in  a  clear  day  will  amply  repay 
a  visit  to  the  summit.  It  will  be  well  to  remember,  while  examining  the 
Rock,  that  the  statement  made  in  various  publications  to  the  effect  that 
West  Rock  is  the  termination  of  the  Green  Mountains  "  is  as  absurd  as 
to  say  that  two  parallel  lines  fifty  miles  apart  end  in  a  common  point ; 
in  fact,  more  absurd  than  this,  since  the  Green  Mountains  were  made 
some  millions  of  years  before  the  trap  ridges  of  the  Connecticut 
Valley." 

JUDGES'  CAVE. — A  foot-path  extending  in  a  northwesterly  direc- 
tion from  the  summit  of  West  Rock,  leads,  after  a  walk  of  some 
minutes,  to  the  famous  Judges'  Cave,  a  spot  visited  by  hundreds  of 
students  and  others  every  year.  The  cave  consists  of  great  fragments 
of  a  bowlder,  forming  a  shelter  under  which  half  a  dozen  men  or  more 
might  hide  themselves.  Tradition  has  it  -that  Whalley  and  Goffe,  two 
of  the  regicide  judges  of  Charles  I.,  took  refuge  in  this  cave  to  escape 
detection  by  the  king's  officers,  who  were  making  diligent  search  for 
them  in  the  town.  Hence  the  name,  "  Judges'  Cave."  The  rocks  of 
the  Judges'  Cave  are  fragments  of  one  of  the  bowlders  of  immense 
size  which  fell  from  the  great  glacier  that  passed  down  over  a  large 
portion  of  North  America  in  the  glacial  period.  The  bowlder  "  must 
have  weighed,  when  entire,  one  thousand  tons."  It  "  no  doubt  came 
from  some  point  on  the  high  trap  ridge  between  the  Meriden  Hanging 
Hills  and  Mount  Tom,  in  Massachusetts;  and  must  have  travelled  at 
least  fifteen  miles,  and  perhaps  seventy-five." 

THE  BRITISH  INVASION. — Returning  to  the  city  via  Whalley 
Avenue,  the  visitor  may  see  on  the  high  land  just  east  of  the  Westville 


WESTERN  NEW  HAVEN. 


125 


bridge  the  spot  where  a  handful  of  Americans  under  Captain  Phineas 
Bradley  fought  fifteen  hundred  British  troops,  at  noon  on  Monday  the 
5th  of  July,  1779,  and  attempted  to  prevent  their  entrance  to  the 
town.  At  sunrise  on  that  day  the  King's  troops,  under  Brigadier- 
General  Garth,  started  on  their  march  from  West  Haven,  where  they 
had  landed  a  few  hours  before,  for  the  purpose  of  invading  New 
Haven.  The  two  companies  at  first  sent  out  were  driven  back  by  the 
Americans,  whereupon  the  entire  body  of  English  troops  received 
orders  to  march  on  the  town.  West  Bridge — near  the  west  end  of  the 
present  Davenport  Avenue — was  to  have  been  the  point  of  crossing 
the  river,  but  the  Americans  having  torn  up  the  bridge  and  planted 
two  cannon  there,  General  Garth  found  it  necessary  to  march  to  the 
bridge  at  Hotchkisstown,  now  known  as  Westville.  Meantime  the 
Americans  kept  up  a  galling  fire,  which  made  the  British  march 
extremely  hazardous.  At  the  junction  of  the  old  West  Haven  road 
and  the  Milford  turnpike  one  of  their  bravest  officers,  Adjutant  Camp- 
bell, was  killed.  Finally,  at  about  noon,  the  British  succeeded,  after 
renewed  resistance  from  the  citizens,  in  crossing  into  New  Haven,  and 
at  about  I  o'clock  reached  the  sealed  portion  of  the  town,  where  they 
ransacked  and  pillaged  many  dwellings,  burned  storehouses  and  cap- 
tured a  number  of  prominent  citizens.  On  the  same  day  a  party  of 
British  under  General  Tryon  had  landed  at  East  Haven  and  captured 
Black  Rock  Fort,  now  Fort  Hale  (after  a  vigorous  resistance  from 
the  nineteen  Americans  composing  the  garrison),  but  did  not  enter 
the  town.  The  party  under  General  Garth  crossed  to  East  Haven 
on  Tuesday  the  6th,  and  joined  General  Tryon,  when,  the  militia 
having  gathered  in  dangerously  large  numbers,  the  entire  party  of 
British  went  aboard  their  vessels  and  sailed  away.  The  field-pieces 
which  Captain  Bradley  and  his  men  used  in  defending  the  pass  on 
Whalley  Avenue,  on  the  day  of  the  invasion,  were  located  behind 
earthworks  thrown  up  for  the  occasion.  Traces  of  these  earthworks 
were  still  visible  fifty  years  after  the  close  of  the  Revolutionary  war. 


126  TALE,  AND  THE  CITY  OF  ELMS. 

WHALLEY  AVENUE  AND  VICINITY— The  Jewish  cemetery 

lies  on  the  north  side  of  Whalley  Avenue,  opposite  Hamilton  Park 
(described  elsewhere) .  The  group  of  brick  buildings  seen  at  a  distance 
of  perhaps  a  third  of  a  mile  to  the  south  of  Whalley  Avenue,  from  a 
point  just  east  of  Hamilton  Park,  constitutes  the  New  Haven  Alms- 
house,  located  at  the  head  of  Martin  Street.  Half  a  mile,  perhaps, 
nearer  the  business  part  of  the  city,  stands  the  New  Haven  County 
jail,  an  extensive  brick  structure  on  Whalley  Avenue,  at  the  corner  of 
Hudson  Street. 

THE  NEW  HAVEN  ORPHAN  ASYLUM.— One  block  south  of 

Whalley  Avenue,  at  the  corner  of  Elm  and  Beers  streets,  stands  the 
New  Haven  Orphan  Asylum,  #ne  of  the  largest  and  best  managed  of 
New  Haven's  many  excellent  institutions  of  charity.  The  asylum  was 
organized  in  1833,  and  since  that  time  has  afforded  a  home  to  more 
than  twelve  hundred  children.  The  building  at  present  used  was  built 
specially  for  the  purpose  in  1853,  and  a  wing  was  added  in  1864.  On 
the  first  floor  are  the  parlors,  sitting-room,  dining-room,  kitchen  and 
the  sewing-room.  On  the  next  floor  are  the  apartments  of  the  mat- 
ron and  teachers,  the  nursery^  bath-rooms,  etc.,  and  on  the  third 
floor  are  the  hospital  and  sleeping-rooms.  The  managers  of  the 
asylum  are  chosen  from  the  different  Protestant  Evangelical  religious 
denominations  of  the  city. 

OTHER  POINTS  OF  INTEREST.— To  the  north  of  Whalley 

Avenue,  where  it  intersects  Sperry  Street,  is  the  quarter  occupied  by 
the  colored  population.  In  the  district  are  several  churches  and  a 
flourishing  military  company,  managed  entirely  by  colored  people. 

Continuing  east  on  Whalley  Avenue,  the  Gothic  wooden  church 
edifice  at  the  junction  of  the  avenue  with  Elm  Street,  is  Christ  Episco- 
pal Church. 

York  Square,  a  beautiful  little  park  surrounded  by  houses  of  the 
Grecian  style  of  architecture,  lies  twenty-five  or  thirty  rods  east  of  this 
point. 


WES  TEEN  XE  W  HA  YEN.  1 2  7 

THE  FlRE  DEPARTMENT.  —  The  brick  structure,  with  tower 
attached,  opposite  Christ  Church,  is  the  house  of  Steam  Fire  Engine 
No.  3,  one  of  the  six  steam  fire-engine  houses  of  the  city  of  New 
Haven.  There  are  also  two  hook-and-ladder  houses,  a  supply  house, 
etc.,  connected  with  the  department,  which  is  admirably  managed,  and 
has  no  superiors,  of  its  size,  in  America.  The  number  of  men  in  the 
department  is  about  112,  including  a  chief  engineer,  fire  marshal,  two 
assistant  engineers  and  a  superintendent  of  fire-alarm  telegraph. 
Several  permanent  men  are  attached  to  each  company.  In  the  almost 
vital  matter  of  good  hose,  New  Haven  probably  takes  the  lead  of 
every  other  city  in  the  world. 

From  the  southerly  end  of  Whalley  Avenue,  it  is  but  a  short  dis- 
tance to  High  Street,  on  which,  at  the  corner  of  Wall  Street,  is  the : — 

HOPKINS  GRAMMAR  SCHOOL. — In  1657,  Governor  Edward 
Hopkins,  of  Connecticut,  died  in  London,  leaving  to  trustees  a  be- 
quest "  for  the  breeding  up  of  hopeful  youths,  both  at  the  Grammar 
School  and  College,  for  the  public  service  of  the  country  in  future 
times."  Accordingly,  in  1660  the  school  contemplated  by  the  bequest 
was  established  in  New  Haven,  about  $2,000  having  been  realized 
from  the  bequest.  The  land  was  granted  by  the  town.  Ever  since  its 
establishment  the  Hopkins  Grammar  School  has  been  maintained 
continuously,  and  is,  perhaps,  the  oldest  school  continued  without 
interruption,  in  America.  It  is  certainly  one  of  the  best.  The  Hop- 
kins Grammar  School  is  chiefly  a  preparatory  institution  for  the  under- 
graduate departments  of  the  University,  and  annually  sends  up  a  large 
class  for  admission.  Its  pupils  are  drawn  from  all  parts  of  the  world. 
The  school,  which  is  very  fortunate  in  the  possession  of  its  present 
rector,  Mr.  W.  L.  Gushing,  is  under  the  supervision  of  a  board  of 
trustees,  all  oftwhom  are  officers  or  friends  of  Yale  College. 

THE  NEW  HAVEN  CITY  BURIAL  GROUND.— The  City 
Burial  Ground,  the  entrance  to  which  is  through  a  great  Egyptian 


T28  TALE,  AND   THE  CITY  OF  ELMS. 

gateway  of  sandstone,  at  the  north  end  of  High  Street,  on  Grove 
Street,  is  a  beautiful  cemetery,  laid  out  in  the  latter  part  of  the  last 
century,  through  the  efforts  of  Mr.  James  Hillhouse  and  others. 
Within  its  limits  have  been  buried  the  remains  of  many  distingnished 
persons.  Among  the  number  were  those  whose  names  follow.  The 
Paths  (Hawthorn,  Woodbine,  Myrtle  and  Ivy)  run  approximately  east 
and  west,  or  perpendicular  to  High  Street,  while  the  Avenues  (Sylvan, 
Cypress,  Maple,  Linden,  Central,  Magnolia,  Laurel,  Locust,  Cedar, 
Spruce,  Sycamore,  Holly  and  Pine)  run  about  north  and  south, 
parallel  with  the  direction  of  High  Street,  Sylvan  Avenue  being  on  the 
east  side  of  the  cemetery,  while  the  other  avenues  are  located  from 
that  point  in  the  order  above  mentioned,  Pine  Avenue  being  on  the 
extreme  west.  T.  indicates  the  tier,  and  N.  the  number  of  the  lot  in 
the  tier,  a  tier  being  the  land  between  two  avenues.  Tier  Number  i  is 
in  the  east,  the  numbers  increasing  from  east  to  west. 

SYLVAN  AVENUE.— Rev.  Dr.  Samuel  W.  S.  Dutton,  T.  i,  N.  i. 

CYPRESS  AVENUE. — Henry  Trowbridge,  shipping  merchant,  T.  2,  N.  42^;  Profes- 
sor James  L.  Kingsley,  LL.D.,  T.  i,  N.  45^. 

MAPLE  AVENUE.— Timothy  Dwight,  President  Y.  C.,  T.  3,  N.  2;  Jeremiah  Day, 
President  Y.  C,  T.  3,  N.  34;  James  Hillhouse,  LL.D.,  U.  S.  Senator  1794-1810,  T. 
2,  N.  35;  James  A.  Hillhouse,  the  poet  of  Sachem's  Wood,  T.  2,  N.  37;  A.  N.  Skin- 
ner, Mayor,  teacher  and  tutor,  T.  2,  N.  67;  Jonathan  Ingersoll,  Lieutenant-Governor, 
T.  2,  N.  3:  Hon.  Ralph  I.  Ingersoll,  T.  2,  N.  3;  David  Daggett,  LL.D.,  T.  2,  N.  27; 
Simeon  and  Roger  S.  Baldwin,  lawyers,  T.  3,  N.  30;  Andrew  H.  Foote,  Rear  Ad- 
miral United  States  Navy,  T.  3,  N.  10;  Augustus  R.  Street,  great  benefactor  of  Y. 
C.,  T.  3,  N.  10;  Nathan  Smith,  lawyer  and  United  States  Senator,  T.  3,  N.  58; 
Worthington  Hooker,  M.D.,  T.  2,  N.  7;  Henry  W.  Edwards,  Governor,  T.  3,  N. 
4;  monument  to  Ezra  Stiles,  President  Y.  C  ,  T.  3.  N.  40. 

LINDEN  AVENUE.— Edward  Herrick,  librarian  Y.  C.,  T.  3,  N.  25;  Nathan  Smith, 
M.D.,  T.  3,  N.  i. 

LOCUST  AVENUE.— Amos  B.  Eaton,  General,  T.  8,  N.  i;  Eli  Ives,  M.D.,  T.  8,  N. 
25;  Rev.  Dr.  ElishaS.  Cleveland,  T.  8,  N.  57;  Rev.  Dr.  Harry  Crosswell,  editor, 
1802-14,  and  rector  of  Trinity  Church,  1815-58,  T.  8,  N.  17. 

CEDAR  AVENUE. — Colonel  David  Humphreys,  aide  of  Washington,  T.  9,  N.  5 ;  Rev. 
Lyman  Beecher,  D.D.,  "the  most  widely-known  preacher  in  the  country  between 


WESTERN    NEW  HAVEN.  129 

1815  and  1851,"  father  of  Rev.  Henry  Ward  Beecher,  T.  8.  N.  20;  Jedediah  Morse, 
the  father  of  American  Geography,  T.  8,  N.  6;  Rev.  Dr.  Nathaniel  W.  Taylor,  T.  8, 
N.  20;  Benjamin  Silliman,  Professor  of  Chemistry  in  Y.  C.  1802-55,  one  of  the  fore- 
most scientists  of  his  time,  T.  8,  N.  4;  Rev.  Samuel  Merwin,  T.  8,  N.  18;  Noah 
Webster,  author  of  the  standard  dictionary  of  the  English  language,  and  of  "  Web- 
ster's Spelling  Book,"  which  had  a  sale  of  50,000,000  copies,  T.  8,  N.  24;  Eli  Whit- 
ney, inventor  of  the  cotton-gin,  T.  8,  N.  22;  Major  Theodore  Winthrop,  A.M.,  T.  8, 
N.  14;  Jonathan  Knight,  M.D.,  T.  9,  N.  29;  Denison  Olmsted,  Professor  of  Natural 
Philosophy  and  Astronomy  in  Y.  C.,  1825-59;  James  Brewster,  T.  9,  N.  51;  C.  A. 
Goodrich,  Professor  of  Rhetoric  in  Y.  C.,  1817-39. 

SPROCK  AVENUE. — Admiral  Francis  H.  Gregory. 

HAWTHORN  PATH.—  Jehudi  Ashmun,  first  colonial  agent  at  Liberia,  T.  5,  N.  54. 

THE  FIRST  METHODIST  CHURCH. — The  church  edifice  a  few 
blocks  distant  from  the  City  Burial  Ground,  on  the  northeast  corner  of 
Elm  and  College  streets,  diagonally  opposite  Battell  Chapel,  is  that 
belonging  to  the  First  Methodist  Episcopal  Society,  which  was  organ- 
ized in  1795,  and  first  met  in  a  building  on  Gregson  Street.  The 
present  edifice  was  built  in  1849,  $75,000  having  been  appropriated  by 
the  town  to  the  society  on  the  condition  that  the  latter  should  give  up 
its  site  on  the  Green. 

THE  OLD  STATE  HOUSE.— The  Grecian  building  on  the  west- 
ern side  of  the  Green,  near  College  Street,  is  known  as  the  Old  State 
House.  It  was  built  by  the  State  about  half  a  century  ago,  and  until 
within  a  few  years  was  the  semi-capitol  of  Connecticut.  It  also 
served  for  some  time  in  the  capacity  of  a  court-house,  and  has  recently 
been  put  to  other  uses.  Three  of  its  rooms,  numbers  2,  3  and  4,  are 
occupied  by  the  New  Haven  Colony  Historical  Society,  an  organization 
founded  in  1862  by  a  number  of  New  Haven  gentlemen  interested  in 
preserving  the  history  and  relics  connected  with  the  New  Haven 
Colony.  For  many  years  the  society  kept  its  collection  in  a  room  in 
the  City  Hall,  but  in  January,  1881,  moved  into  its  present  quarters,  in 
the  Old  State  House.  The  rooms  of  the  society  will  well  repay  a  visit, 
and  strangers  can  obtain  admission  on  any  day  from  10  A.M.  to  5  P.M. 


130  YALE,  AND  THE  CITY  OF  ELMS. 

The  collection  of  relics  is  very  complete  and  interesting.  The  table 
on  which  Noah  Webster  wrote  his  dictionary;  Benedict  Arnold's 
sign,  medicine  chest,  mortar  and  pestle  and  account  book,  and  a 
Leyden  jar  once  the  property  of  Benjamin  Franklin,  may  be  men- 
tioned as  objects  which  are  of  interest  to  every  one.  Many  fine  por- 
traits of  old  New  Haven  citizens  cover  the  walls  of  the  library,  while 
a  number  of  historic  engravings,  and  photographs  of  houses  famous  in 
by-gone  days  are  to  be  seen  in  a  room  devoted  exclusively  to  relics  of 
old  New  Haven.  The  library  is  small,  though  well  selected  and  very 
valuable,  the  collection  of  pamphlets  being  very  complete.  No  one 
visiting  New  Haven  should  leave  the  city  without  seeing  the  rooms  of 
the  society  and  carefully  examining  its  collections. 

With  the  Old  State  House  the  tour  of  the  western  portion  of  New 
Haven,  and  in  fact  of  the  city,  comes  to  a  close.  In  a  work  so  brief,  it 
has  been  impossible  to  give  more  than  a  passing  glance  at  many 
objects  and  places  worthy  of  much  attention.  For  want  of  space,  too, 
numerous  articles  which  would  otherwise  have  occupied  a  place  in  the 
work  have  been  omitted.  It  is  hoped,  however,  that  the  visitor  has 
been  shown  a  great  majority  of  the  more  important  objects  of  interest 
in  and  about  New  Haven,  and  that  he  has  been  able  to  obtain  a  fair 
idea  of  the  "  City  of  Elms." 


"Peace  be  within  thy  Walls,  O  Yale,  and  Prosperity  within  thy 
Palaces !  May  Erudition,  Religion  and  every  Virtue  be  the  ornament 
of  thy  Sons !  May  thy  Renown  and  Glory  be  diffused  through  the 
Republic  of  Letters,  and  be  Commensurate  with  the  Expansion  of 
Science  and  Knowledge,  and  with  the  Duration  and  Liberty  of  these 
United  States." 


W.   E.   CHAOTDLEK, 

^L    STUDIO, 

HOADLEY  BUILDING, 
NEW  HAVEN,  CONN. 

TUTTLE,    MOREHOUSE    &    TAYLOR, 

PRINTERS  TO  YALE  COLLEGE, 

Print  the  following  regular  publications : 

The  American  Journal  of  Science,  The  New  Englander,  The  Transactions  of 
the  Connecticut  Academy,  Journal  of  the  American  Oriental  Society,  Loomis'  Musi- 
cal and  Masonic  Journal,  The  Yale  Literary  Magazine,  The  Yale  Catalogue,  The 
Yale  Banner,  The  Yale  Pot-Pourri,  The  Yale  Courant,  The  Yale  Record, 

Illustrated  Catalog^tes  for  several  prominent  manufacturers, 
Besides  a  host  of  other  publications  too  numerous  to  mention. 


FOR  NOVELTIES  IN  MEN'S  FURNISHINGS 

QO     TO 

STONE'S, 

352  CHAPEL,  CORNER  OF  CHURCH  ST., 


s  TJ  IR,  a-  1  c  .A.  TJ  , 

Optical  and  Mathematical  Instruments, 

DRAWING    PAPER,    FINE    LEATHER    GOODS, 
ALL     THE     REQUISITES    OF      THE      TOILET    AND    BATH. 
Eye-glasses  made  to  order,  and  repairing  neatly  executed. 

E.  L.  WASHBURN,  M.  D, 

84  Church  Street,  -       -       New  Haven,  Conn. 


ROBERT  YEITCH   &   S 

428  CHAPEL  STREET, 

CUT    FLOWERS, 

Bouquets,  Baskets,  etc.,  to  order. 


14  DAY  USE 

RETURN  TO  DESK  FROM  WHICH  BORROWED 

LOAN  DEPT. 

This  book  is  due  on  the  last  date  stamped  below,  or 

on  the  date  to  which  renewed. 
Renewed  books  are  subject  to  immediate  recall. 


HEC.CIR.     MAYS 


LD  21A-50m-4,'59 
(A1724slO)476B 


General  Library 

University  of  California 

Berkeley 


YC  84357 


